Home

2011 Infiniti QX56 Owner`s Manual

1. Command Ration Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Where am 1 Displays your current location Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Weather Information Displays weather information Weather Map Displays a weather map Audio Commands Command ation Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system CD Starts to play a CD TM Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played AM Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played XM Turns to the XM Satellite Radio band selecting the station last played Us Turns on the USB memory Bluetooth Audio Tums on the Bluetooth audio player AUK Turns on the AUX Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 Help Commands Command Action Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list Phone Commands Displays the phone command list Audio Commands Displays the audio command list Information Commands Displays the information command list Help Commands Displays the help command list User Guide Displays the User Guide Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons General Commands Command ation Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Bit Cancels Voice Recogniti
2. Outside Antifreeze Demineral temperature ized water down to or distilled water 30 50 50 NOTE The life expectancy of the factory ill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory ill coolant Refer to the INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for more details The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage the engine cooling system Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 sois CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold if the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level D Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of ihe factoryfill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factoryill coolant Refer to the INFINITI Servic
3. ras B s i suas TIRE PRESSURE information AA WARNING When a spare tire is mounted replaced tire pressure wil not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after minute Contact your INFINIT retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS The tire pressure will be displayed for refer The pressure indication kPa or psi on the screen means that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pres sure for each tire will be displayed To change the measurement units select the Select Units key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button In case of low tire pressure LOW PRESSURE information will be displayed on the screen Check the pressure of all tires Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature After tire rotation is performed tire pressure will not be displayed in the actual tire position Drive the vehicle at over 25 MPH 40 km h for approximately 10 minutes to reset the display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 For more details about the Tire Pressure Moni torin
4. 4 130 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 131 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and dri 52 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide E Three way catalyst 52 ire Pressure Monitoring System we 53 Avoiding collision and rollover 56 On pavement and off road driving precautions 56 Off road recovery 57 Rapid air pressure loss Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 58 Driving safety precautions 58 Push button ignition switch 50 Operating range for engine star function 540 Push button ignition switch positions sa Emergency engine shut off HI Intelligent Key battery discharge Before starting the engine Starting the engine Driving the vehicle Engine protection mode Automatic transmi Parking brake Lane Departure Warning tow prevention wr system if so equipped 520 524 Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP system Bind spot warning SW system if so equipped Bsw system operation Bsw driving situations Bsw malfunction System maintenance control 529 530 533 536 537 5 37 Precautions on cruise control 537 Cruise control operations 538 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if so equipped 539 Selecting vehicleto vehicle distance control mode E Veh
5. same SEEK tuning For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK or TRACK button ia or m gt to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broad casting station For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK or TRACK button ie or oon to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following no tices will be displayed under certain conditions NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error LOADING When the initial setting is per formed UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active INVALID CH Invalid channel is received SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcast ing station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for XM radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the
6. Comfort settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior ihts will illuminate if any door is unlocked Light Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic head lights higher right or lower left Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corre sponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is tumed to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Lift Steering Wheel on Exit When this item is turned to ON the steering whe
7. sans Remote controller The remote controller has the following con trols 1 DVD button 2 Joystick 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 AUX button front input jacks 4 ENTER button 5 DISP Display button L or R 6 VOLUME CONTROL button or V 7 8 9 TRACK CHANNEL button or V j Power ON OFF button L or R AUX D AUX R buttons rear input jacks 10 USB button Ti BACK button 12 SOUND button 13 Keypad See Remote controller operation later in this section for the function of each button U dil CO G9 d EEH OR sane Select rear displays audio source The AUX D button or AUX R button REAR selects each screen source individually D The DVD button USB button or AUX button Front selects the source for front and rear Screens at once 2 samosi Remote controller and headphones battery replacement Acaunou An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regu lations for battery disposal Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the components To replace the battery 1 Open the lid as illustrated For headphones remove the screw with a flatbladed screwdriver before re moving the lid 2 Replace both batteries with new ones Recomme
8. METER RING ILLUMINATION AND NEEDLE SWEEP The ring illumination surrounding meters and gauges illuminates when the driver s door is closed after getting into the vehicle with the Intelligent Key carried in When the engine is started the indicator needles will sweep in the speedometer and tachometer and the ring illumination will be brightened gradually This function can be turned off See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Inteligent Cruise Control CC system CRUISE Indicator gh ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning warning light orange Inteligent Key warning light Font passenger air bag status light AF tomatic transmission check warning Lane departure warming light High beam indicato light loeo light Automatic Transmission AT oil tem perature warning light Automatic Transmission AT park war ing light Brake E E3 Brake waming light Blind Spot Warning BSW system warn ing light orange Charge warning light orange Low tre pressure warning light Master warning light Preview Function warning light or ange Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDO warning light Intelligent Brake Assist BA off indica tor light Lane Departure Prev
9. Main power window switch driver s side Driver side window Front passenger side window Rear left passenger side window Rear right passenger side window Window lock button To open or close the window push down 8 or pull up 8 the switch and hold it The main Switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Instruments and controls 2 61 Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel 2 62 Instruments and controls sicui sicsass Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it Automatic operation To fully open or close the window completely push down or pull up the switch and release it need not be held The window will automati cally open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function AA WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be de tected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc insidethevehicle before clos ing the window If the control unit detects something caugh
10. A mark indicating jumping sounds is dis played if jumping sounds are recorded No sounds may be recorded if jumpi sounds occurs or the disc is in poor con tion Tracks that include Serial Copy Management System SCMS are not recorded Ifa compact disc is scratched or dirty it may not be recorded jumping sounds may occur or it may take a long time to record Automatic title downloa The title information that is automatically downloaded may differ from the actual title When newly released compact discs are recorded their title information may not be downloaded Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 pnpa sans ON OFF VOLUME control knob 6 FF forward REW rewind or SEEK TRACK DISCAUX button button FM AM band select button 7 RDM random RPT repeat play button XM band select button SCAN button 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems tor AUDIO control knob 8 Radio tuning MP3 WMA AAC folder selec 9 CD EJECT button 10 CD DVD slot 11 Radio station preset buttons No satellite radio reception is available unless an XM Satellite Radio subscription is active The audio control buttons are also located on the center multi function control panel FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see AUDIO OP ERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section
11. f gots jl Jo ao E ET MENU OPTIONS The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is dis played push and hold the menu control Switch until the Menu Options screen appears light the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it 2 Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See ihe separate Navigation System Owners Manual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SET TING button 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus To select each key item highlight the preferred item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that j UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the INFINITI controller ma
12. ssp09e7 How to change set distance to vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se lected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Starting and driving 5 53 Approximate Display distance at 60 MPH 100 km h it m CRUISE Long m 200 60 60 SPH CRUISE Middle 150 45 60 un CRUISE Shot 100 30 60 PH somos The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance 5 54 Starting and driving If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and Intelligent Ci Control ICO system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if The chime sounds the tance The warning chi e may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not
13. Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or adjustable headrest Components 1 Adjustable headrest if so equipped 2 Adjustment notch 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 senos sssma QE sssmas To raise the headrest pull it up to the lock position To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Removal Use the following procedure to remove the headrests 1 Pull the headrest up to the highest posi tion adjustable headrest only 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the headrest from the seat Store the headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Install and properly adjust the headrest adjustable headrest only before an oc cupant uses the seating position sssi6 soos ssim Install HEADREST 2nd row center seat 7 Align the headrest stalks with the holes the seat Make sure that the headrest is Removal and attachment facing the correct direction The stalk with To remove the headrest push and hold the lock the adjustment notch must be installed in knob and pull the headrest up the hola with the facie ineb D If the headrest is removed store it in a secure 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the
14. sssi066 Entry to 3rd row seat Acaunou Donot drive with the 2nd row seat tipped up Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Be careful not to allow the 2nd row seat to pinch hit any part of your body or other people when operating the 2nd row seat Make sure the seat path is clear ofall objects before moving the seat The 2nd row seat can be tipped forward for easy entry to or exit from the 3rd row seat For manual type To enter the 3rd row seat pull the lever or 8 located on the 2nd row seat and fold the seatback forward 1 at an angle over the seat base Then lift up the seat base and tip the 2nd row seat forward 2 This will release the back of the seat so it may be tipped forward To exit the 3rd row seat pull the lever or B and fold the seatback forward onto the seat base Then lift up on the seat base and tip it forward ssss1094 sssme For remote release type f so equipped Push and hold the switch located on the instru ment panel The seatback will fold down and tip forward The lower comer of the seat base will lift and the 2nd row seat will tip forward 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3RD ROW SEATS The 3rd row power folding seat controls are located behind the 2nd row seat both the diiver s and passengers side on the 3rd row cup holder console C There are also contro
15. 0 12 Illustrated table of contents indica Name Page indica Name Page tor tor light tight BES Adaptive Front lighting 237 Tow beam indicator light 239 GE System AFS indicator 7 UGE Malfunction indicator 209 Automatic Transmission 218 ENGINE Light MIL PV 1 an position indicator light eei ndari nan Check suspension dice 28 E tor light SNOW mode indicator 2 20 NOW tight Cruise indicator light 218 E k Tn qi TOW mode indicator ight 220 TOW Front passenger airbag 2 18 status light Gop raped 220 Tah beam memoria zs pere gi Vehicle Dynamic Control 220 Intelligent Brake Assist 248 B VDO off indicator tight BA off indicator light Tane Departure Preven 239 MEMO Mlustrated table of contents 0 13 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seats Front seats a2 2nd row seats m 3rd row seats 16 Head rest 18 Headrest 112 Headrest 2nd r 15 Memes GF so equipped Flexible seating Seat bells Precautions on seat belt usage Pregnant women Injured persons Pre crash seat belts with comfort function if so equipped for front seats Three point type seat belt Seat belt extenders Seat belt maintenance Child safety Infants Small children Larger children Child restraints Precautions on child restraints Lower Anchors and Tethers for C
16. On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrast ing objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after Toad repairs The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge Lane departure warning light orange LDW system operation The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 70 km h and above When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane depar ture warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers
17. CD with compressed audio files Nonna 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat Ls Fede Random 1 Dise Ransom A OB When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected Ifthe CD comes out andis not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DVD DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC PLAYER OPERATION Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertain ment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle ina safe locati move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation Do not attempt to modify the system to dis lay a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may dis tract the driver and may causea collision and serious personal injury or death A CAUTION Only operate the DVD while the vehicle en gine is running Operating the DVD for ex tended periods of time with the engine OFF an
18. Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed spe cifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Acaunou Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the ve hicle or the towing hooks Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Incase ofemergency 6 17 Use the towing hook only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Nevertow the vehicle for a long distance using only the towing hook The towing hook is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Never pull the hook at an angle Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steer ing brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas Straps are not recommended for use in ve hicle towing or recovery 6 18 In case of emergency Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is cle
19. Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion oftheir body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing Aurion Remove water drops snow ic the moonroof before opening Do not place any heavy object on the moon roof or surrounding area sand from Instruments and controls 2 63 AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is canceled 2 64 Instruments and controls Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the moonroof To tilt up fist close the moonroof then push the UP QD side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held To tt down the moonroof push the DOWN side Sliding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the OPEN 2 or CLOSE 3 side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while itis opening or closing Auto reverse function AA WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the clo
20. Incorrectwheel nuts orimproperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Donot use ol or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to sp fication at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval 6 0 In case of emergency Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pressure infor mation may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is be cause the tire pressurizes as the tire tempera ture rises This does not indicate a system malfunction Stowing the damaged tire and tools 1 Securely store the damaged tire jack and tools in the storage area 2 Close the
21. Keep seatbacks as upright as possible af ter fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint While in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt Ina sudden stop or collision loose ob jects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle Acaunou A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child Testraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certify ing that it complies with Federal Motor Ve hicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system If
22. lee 5 sas sax2s20 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE SEND button CONNECTING PROCEDURE 1 Push the Connect Phone key 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems button and select the 2 When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Bluetooth cellu lar phone to enter the PIN code The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owners Manual for the details You can also visit wwrw InfinitiVSA com bluetooth or call INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing INFINITI recom mended cellular phones When the connection process is completed the screen will return to the Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push PHONE button and select the Connected Phones key The registered cellu lar phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently connected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system VEHICLE PHONEBOOK This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire tell phone s phonebook into the Handset Phonebook For the details about downloading a phonebook see PH
23. 1 Push the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display 2 Select the Handset Phonebook key on the PHONE menu 3 Select the desired entry from the list 4 Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 OUES amp os EN 5 Select the Call key to start dialing the number There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Handset Phonebook in step 2 above Vehicle Phonebook Select an entry stored in the Vehicles Phonebook Call History Select an outgoing incoming or missed call downloaded from your cell phone depend ing on your phone s compatibility Dial Number Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this sec tion 44102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Sow amp 0 00 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below a Select the Answer key b Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiv ing a call Select one of the following displayed on the sc
24. 2 6 Instruments and controls Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer 4 and twin trip odometer are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal dis play when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 3 at the bottom left of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A Resetting the trip odome Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for more than 71 second resets the trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY later in this section s NY sica sisan TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone Acaunon When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone 1 shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and drivin
25. 5 60 Starting and driving When the Distance Control Assist DCA system is on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode cannot be turned on even though the MAIN switch is pushed and held To tum on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode turn off the DCA system See DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SYSTEM later in this section ition switch is pushed to the OFF position the system is also automatically To use the ICC system again quickly push and release the MAIN switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to tum it on Acaunou To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control make sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the ICC system To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the accel erator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will retur to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or dawn steep hills If this happens manually maintain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods a Push the CANCEL button The SET indica tor will tum off b Tap the brake pedal The S
26. 530 Starting and driving AA WARNING The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not de Signed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects When changing lanes always use ide and rear mirrors and turn and lookin the direction you will move to ensure itis Safe to change lanes Never rely solely onthe BSW system The BSW system may not provide a warning for vehicles that pass through the detection zone quickly BSW indicator light BSW SYSTEM OPERATION If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone the BSW indicator light next to tion of the detected vehicle If the turn signal is then activated the BSW indicator light flashes and a chime sounds twice The indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone The BSW indicator lights illuminate for a few seconds when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position The brightness of the BSW indicator lights is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light A chime sounds if the radar sensors have already detected vehicles when the driver acti vates the tur signal If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal then only the BSW indicator light flashes and no chime sounds See BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS later in this section CE o Warning systems switch sss00956
27. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet Center console siciasa mem sicuass lack side of front console sicaam Type A The power outlet is used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones Acaunou The outlet and plug may immediately after use Do not use with accessories that exceed a combined power draw of 12 volts 120W 10A forall the power outlets Do not use double adapters or more than ome electrical accessory This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow hot during or Main switch Type B f so equipped The power outlet plug type is located on the back side of the front console It can operate when the ignition switch in the ON position and the main switch located in the console box is ON The specification ofthis power outletis for use of 2 120 volt 150W 1 254 power draw To tum on or off the power supply to the outlet push the ON or OFF Q side of the main Switch When the switch is turned to the ON n the indicator light will illuminate Instruments and controls 2
28. LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be lacked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories Such as the radio when the engine is not Tunning ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories Starting and driving 5 11 OFF The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button switch 3 consecutive times or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds ignition 542 Starting and driving sspo94 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is dis charged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation start the engine according to the following procedure 1 Move the selec
29. Starting and driving 5 21 The LOW system is not designed to warn under the following conditions When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds af ter the lane change signal is turned off When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 70 km h After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satis fied the LDW functions will resume 522 Starting and driving i CE o Warning systems switch sss00956 Turning on or off the LOW system Type A The LOW system is automatically tumed on when the engine is started and the warning systems ON indicator light f illuminates on the warning systems switch You can turn the LDW system off by pushing the waring sys tems switch on the instrument panel This switch will tur on and off the LOW BSW and FOW systems at the same time NOTE If you continue to push the warning systems switch from offto on for aver 4 seconds a chime will sound This will change the default status of the LDW BSW and FCW systems to OFF so that these systems will not automatically tum on when the engine is started If this procedure is repeated the default status will return to ON Turning on or off the LOW system Typ The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the
30. The AWD shift indicator may blink while shift ing from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is completed the 4WD shift indi cator will come on If the indicator does not come on immediately make sure the around the vehicle is safe and drive the ve hicle straight accelerate or decelerate or move the vehicle in reverse then shift the AWD shift switch Ifthe AWD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator turns off AWD WARNING LIGHT Comes on or Manis blinks when There is a mal Muminates function in the AWD system The transfer Blinks case oil tem rapidly perature is ab normally high Blinks The difference in Sy wheel rotation is large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter Starting and driving 5 89 The 4WD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the AWD warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator turns off High temperature transfer case oil makes the AWD warning light blink rapidly about twice per second If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle in a safe place immediately Then if the light tums off after a while you can continue
31. This light wil illuminate when the TOW MODE is selected while the engine is running See TOW MODE in the 5 Starting and driving section KE Tum signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the tur signal lever or hazard switch is turned on f amp Vehicle Dynamic Control Sf VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indi cates that the vehicle dynamic control system is mot operating When the 4L position is selected with the Four Wheel Drive 4WD shift switch the VDC system is disabled and the VDC off indicator light illuminates For additional infor mation see VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the ve hide Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the spa or 4D _ position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle hts on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO position Parking brake reminder chime The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at
32. Using the Address Book Find ing a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using INFINITI Voice Recognition 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems mm ier Let s Practice This mode helps learn how to use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 1 Select the Let s Practice key 2 After the message screen appears push the TALK 4 switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be di played and the result can be confirmed Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands correctly Select Help on Speaking to start display USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initial ized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands Ifthe TALK wt switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data down loaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the follow ing The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminat
33. When removing jacking tools be sure the rubber sound suppressor C used to control jack stand fromrattng against metal snot attached tothe Jacking tool If rubber sound suppressor re 7 Locate the oval opening above the middle mains on jack when vehicle is being jacked up of the rear bumper the vehicle willbe unstable and may fall off jack 8 Place the T shaped end of the jack rod stand causing serious injury of death through the opening and direct it towards the spare wheel winch assembly located 3 Remove the cargo floor cover directly above the spare wheel 4 Remove the jacking tools sceooss 5 Securely screw to connect the T shaped end of the jack rod and two extension bars as illustrated 6 Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle Incase of emergency 6 5 cron sceo377 AA CAUTION Do not insert the jack rod straight as itis de signed to be inserted at an angle as shown 9 Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into T shaped opening of the spare wheel winch Apply pressure to keep the jack tod engaged in the spare wheel winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare wheel 6 6 Incase of emergency 10 Once the spare wheel is completely low ered remove the jack rod and reach under the vehicle to remove the hanging plate 1 Carefully slide the spare wheel from un
34. if the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal side impact and rollover collision but a pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and ifnec essary replaced by an INFINITI retailer Nounauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the preten sioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretension ers Tampering with the pretensioner sys tem may result in serious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioner sys tem should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer Unau thorized electrical test equipment and prob ing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner system 1 62 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Ifyou need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINIT re tailer Correct pretensioner disposal proce dures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pre tensioner system activates when any of the air bags deploy Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor and buckle anchor These seat belts a
35. Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condi tion for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation Condition A Under the following conditions the Distance Control Assist system is automatically can celed The chime will sound and the Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator will blink The system will not be able to be set When the VDC system is tumed off When the VDC or ABS including the traction control system operates When the SNOW mode switch is turned on Starting and driving 5 73 When the AWD shift switch is in the 4H or AL position for 4WD models Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present tum the system off with the dynamic driver assistance switch Turn the DCA system back on to use the system 574 Starting and driving CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE 5500998 CRUISE 5500999 Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the DCA system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a so
36. Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See IN STALLING TOP TETHER STRAP 2nd row cap tain s seats or 2nd row bench seat later in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt re tractor is in the Automatic Lacking Retrac tor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 Sssoesa sssosss sso Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Forward facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the eat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle eat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt 7 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen
37. During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumi ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 em round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn Ds If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an
38. HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 68 14 Cargo area Power outlet P 2 52 Cargo floor box P 2 60 Luggage hooks P 2 59 Jacking tools P 6 4 15 Rear console box P 2 58 Cup holders 2nd row seat P 2 54 Pocket P 2 58 16 Cup holders 2nd row seat P 2 54 T7 Dual head restraint DVD system P 4 83 18 Console box P 2 57 Power outlet P 2 52 Auxiliary input jacks P 4 84 Rear automatic air conditioning system P 4 37 19 Power outlet P 2 52 Front cup holders P 2 54 if so equipped Mlustrated table of contents 0 5 COCKPIT DINE ssio74a Adaptive Front lighting System AFS switch P 2 40 2 Instrument brightness control switch 9 240 0 6 Illustrated table of contents TRIP RESET switch for twin trip odometer 9 28 i Headlight fog light and turn signal switch Headlight P 237 Turn signal P 2 42 Fog light P 2 42 a0 1 2 B u i Steering wheel mounted controls left side Audio control steering switch P 4 81 Hands Free Phone System switch P 4 96 i Trip computer switch P 2 27 Wiper and washer switch P 2 32 j Steerin Iheel mounted controls right side Cruise control system P 5 37 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system p 539 Dynamic driver assistance switch Lane Departure Prevention LDP
39. Only operate the Dual Head Restraint DVD System while the vehicle engine is running Restraint DVD Sys engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery Do not allow the system to get wet Exces sive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete func tionality ofall VIDEO CD formats Parental level parental control Video data with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection You can play the following disc formats with the DVD player DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CO DISCD DVD AUDIO may not be playable depending on the system Use DVDs with the region code ALL or the code applicable to your country The region code is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player can only play DVDs with an applicable region code Available audio sources The follo each display Front display Radio co ovo USB memory iPod Music Box Bluetooth audio AUX FRONT Rear display e DVD USB memory with video files AUX FRONT REAR sources are available to play on P o 00 12 28 ruu Cem gt saos Rear display Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems
40. Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat sssoeao 1ssous Front passenger positi 1 If you must install a booster seat in the Lp EA front seat move the seat to the rearmost 3 The booster seat should be positioned on position 2 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place itin a forward facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufac turer s instructions the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is re moved See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section or HEADREST earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion Follow the warnings cautions and ir If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the boos
41. Tampering with the air bag system may re sult in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front pas senger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cush ion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects underthe front passenger seat orthe seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensors o unauthorized changes shoul any components of wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by an INFINITI retailer Instal lation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supplemen tal Restraint System SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system Acracked windshield
42. The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the waming light blinking HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM A VIARNING Never rely solely on the hill start assist sys em to prevent thevehicle from moving back ward on a hill Always drive carefully and attentively Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible Serious injury or death The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roli backwards and may result im a collision or serious personal injury The hill start assist system may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to pre vent the vehicle from rolling backwards Fail tre to do so may result in a collision or seri ous personal injury The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle Is stopped on a hill The hill start assist system will operate auto matically under the
43. The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance dA WARNING Thetraction grade assigned o this reis based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hy droplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the ma terial of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failu
44. To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICQ SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICQ system au tomatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode For cruising at a preset speed A WARNING Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Manual thoroughly before using the ICC system To avoid seri ous injury or death do not rely onthe system to prevent accidents or to control the vehi cle s speed in emergency situations Do not use the ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions Starting and driving 5 39 In the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahe
45. Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a igh back booster seat 3 should be used Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 IF the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures 1asonsa AILU S states and Canadian provinces or territo Ties require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seat installation Acaunou Do not use the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seatbelts
46. When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position When the parking brake is applied When the VDC inclu system operates When a wheel slips the traction control CRUISE CRUISE Warning light When the system is not operating properly the hime sounds and the system waming light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunc tioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Starting and driving 5 61 PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system equipped model The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system with the preview function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the vehicle ahead and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play For more details see INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM earlier in this section 5 62 Starting and driving DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SYSTEM if so equipped The Distance Control Assist DC
47. When this situation occurs the Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light on the dot matrix liquid crystal display will blink and the chime wili sound in the manual shift mode the transmission automatically shifts down to ist gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerat ing again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing on the vehicle speed 578 Starting and driving Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition Ifthevehicle is driven under extreme conditions Such as excessive wheel spinning and subse quent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this cas push the switch to the OFF position and wait for seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should retum to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have an INFINITI retailer check the transmission and re pairif necessary Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position eve
48. ates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 6 to 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are haz ardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver Inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving com tions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver mair tain control of the v
49. when the instrument brightness control Switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds whenthe Q or switch on the right side of the combination meter panel is pushed 2 42 Instruments and controls scan sica TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH To tum the fog lights on tum the headlight switch to the S position then tum the switch to the 20 position To tum them off tum the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position turning the fog light switch to the 20 position will turn on the headlights fog ihts and the other lights while the ignition switch is in the ON position or the engine is Tunning HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH z saicosr Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash AA WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle wel off the road Donotuse the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual cir cumstances force you to drive so slowly that Your vehicle
50. 3 If engine overheating is caused by climb ing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radia tor before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no Steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood AA WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is Tunning The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leak ing or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 6 14 In case of emergency AA WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get aught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reser voir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI retailer If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance ID Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Boo
51. Available capac 11 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the pas senger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the Towing load specification chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue Weight is less than 10 reduce the total trailer Weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are ithin the required ratings TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Unit lb kg us Canada Two Wheel Drive Four Wheel Drive FourWheel Drive QD model AWD model AWD model MAXIMUM TOWING CAPACITY 2 8 500 3 856 8 500 3 856 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 850 385 850 385 GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 14300 6 486 14 480 6 568 14 480 6 568 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capac
52. BACK Select this submenu to retum to the top page of the setting mode LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English French or Spanish for display e unm Select e EFFECTS Select this submenu to turn on and off the meter ring illumination and needle sweep function when starting the engine submenu to choose the unit 7 Warning check ske Push the J switch to move to the waming check mode Push the switch to select other DETAIL This item displayed Select this menu to see the details of warnings available only when a warning is SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows Vehicle security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or lift gate when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs Instruments and controls 2 29 The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be awar
53. Clock vse ee 251 Coat hooks 259 Cockpit 222 Cold weather driving 5401 Compact Disc CD player See audio system 457 Console box Y Controller Center mali function control REPREHEN 7 Controls Control panel button INFINITI Controller Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine coolant Checking engine coolant level Corrosion protection Cruise control Fixed speed cruise control on ICC system Intelligent cruise control CC system 10 2 Cup holders Daytime running light system Dimensions M Distance Control Assist QCA system light illus Dot mati uid crystal display Drive belts Drive positioner Driving Cold weather driving Driving with automatic transmission On pavement and offroad driving gt Precautions when starting and driving Safety precautions h Dual head restraint DVD system Economy Fuel Elapsed time Emission contrat information label Emission control system warranty Engine Before starting the engine Breakin schedule Ms Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants at Changing engine coolant gt gt Changing engine oll and filter Checking engine coolant level 239 562 Distance Conti Assist DCA system warning 25 2n n 330 5 101 515 56 52 Em 5 83 laa n 929 E 15 83 ess Checking engine oil
54. If the sound from the headphones is not from the AUX jacks switch the channel with the channel select switch on the headphones CARE AND MAINTENANCE Use a lightly dampened lint free cloth to clean the surfaces of your Dual Head Restraint DVD System DVD player face screen remote con troller etc AA CAUTION Do not use any solvents or cleaning solu tions when cleaning the video system Do not use excessive force on the monitor screen Avoid touching or scratching the monitor screen as it may become dirty or damaged Do not attempt to operate the system in ex treme temperature conditions below A F 20 C and above 158 F 70 O Do not attempt to operate the system in ex treme humidity conditions less than 10 or more than 75 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your INFINITI be sure to observe the following Cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness dA WARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while diving so fll attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions pro hibit the use of cellular telephones while driving Ifyou must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone op rational mode fso equipped is highly rec ommended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given
55. If the battery is discharged replace it with a new one Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv ing radio waves if the key is left near equip ment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a bat tery see INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACE MENT in the 8 Maintenance and doit yourself section Because the steering wheel is locked electri cally unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos sible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged Pay special attention that the ve hicle battery is not completely discharged As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intel ligent Keys contact an INFINITI retailer Acaunou Do not allow the Intelligent Key which con tains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Donot change or modify the Intelligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry If the outside temperature is below 14 F the battery of the Intelligent Key may no
56. If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passen ger air bag status light is stil not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI retailer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes un occupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger ir bag system the supplemental air bag wam ing light located in the meter and gauges ar a will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AA WARNING
57. Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch Opening windows To open the windows push the door UNLOCK E button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK if button Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent Key The door windows can be opened or closed by turning the mechanical key in a door lock See DOORS earlier in this section Opening closing lift gate if so equipped 1 Push the power lift gate button O for more than 1seeond gt PO 2 The lift gate will automatically open The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds for approximately 3 sec ons To close the lift gate push the power lift gate button emp The lift gate will automatically close If the button pushed while the gate is being opened or closed the lift gate will reverse The power lift gate button egy G cannot be operated when the ignitidn switch is in the ON position Using panic alarm if you are near your vehicle and fel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when It has run for 25 seconds or Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more th
58. See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate Switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seat back is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit if the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for the seat position memory function moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages sss E Forwar and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obta
59. Starting and driving 571 Thestoplights ofthe vehicle come on when brak Ing is performed by the DCA system When the brake operates a noise may be heard or felt This is not a malfunction A VIARNING When the vehicle ahead detection indicator is not illuminated system will not control or warn the driver Depending on the position ofthe accelerator pedal the system may not be able to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal appropriately If the vehicle ahead comes to a standstill the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will release brake control with a warning chime once it judges the vehicle is at a standstill To prevent the vehicle from mov ing the driver must depress the brake pedal The system will resume control automati once the system reaches 3 MPH 5 km h 5372 Starting and driving Overriding the system The following driver s operation overrides the system operation When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal even further while the system is mov ing the accelerator pedal upward the DCA system control of the accelerator pedal is canceled When the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal the brake control by the system is not operated When the driver s foot is on the brake pedal neither the brake control nor the alert by the system operates When the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC syst
60. TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two Wheel Drive 2WD models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illus trated Aurion Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is neces sary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels Incase ofemergency 6 15 When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Place the ignition in the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or simi lar device Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition in the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism sce0907 Four wheel drive models Four wheel Drive 4WD models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated 6 16 In case of emergency Acaurion Never tow 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle A WARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle
61. The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 129 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are lis ted by number try each solution in tur starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Solution Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List earlier in this section system fails to interpret the command correctly 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong volc 7 Ensure that the volcetag requested matches what was originally stored See Bluetooth HANDS etag in the phonebook FREE PHONE SYSTEM earlier in this section page 4 96 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag
62. This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark location or at night This is not a malfunc tion There may be differences in clearness be tween each camera view of the bird eye view IF dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the Around View Monitor may not display objects clearly Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolor ation To clean the camera wipe with a cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera because the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a mild detergent diluted with water 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VENTILATORS Open close the ventilators by moving the con trol to either direction B Ts symbol indicates that the ventila tors are closed Moving the side control to this direction wil close the ventila tors RE This symbol indicates that the ventila tots are open Moving the side control to this direction will open the ven
63. When driving into a strong light Le sun light When a wheel is slipping To use the ICC system make sure the wheels are no longer slipping Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC system by pushing the MAIN switch again CRUISE e sony 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation dA WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a Vehicle ahead this system automatically accel erates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change Depress the brake pedal when decel eration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system main tains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by con trolling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed base
64. are displayed The view on the screen on the passenger s side switches to the front side view when the CAMERA button is pushed 9 When the CAMERA button is pushed again the screen B is displayed When selecting the Side or Top key on the screen using the INFINT controller and the ENTER button the view on the Screen will change to the one previously selected The left screen switches to the rearview D when the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position and retums to the front view when the selector lever is shifted out of the R Reverse position e Push another button on the control panel to quit the Around View Monitor 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO SEE EACH VIEW A WARNING The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicleis ona paved evel surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and dis played objects Use the displayed lines and the bird eye View as a reference The lines and the bird eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position toad condition and road grade Mf the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predictive course lines and the bird eye view may be displayed incorrectly When driving the vehicle
65. behind a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch shed to the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection ruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit wwnw InfinitiUSA com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception bet
66. forall trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more than 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer re tailer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Do not connect electrical devices that draw more than 40 amps to the vehicle The fus ible nk may melt Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact an INFINITI retailer or reputable trailer retailer Trailer brakes When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used However most states require a sepa rate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount Make sure the trailer meets the local regulations and the regu lations where you plan to tow Several types of braking systems are available Surge Brakes The surge brake actuator is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each trailer wheel Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers In this type of system there is no hydraulic or electric con
67. low tire pressure warning light wil flash for approximately 1 minute The light will re main on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors Acaunon The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception ofthe signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function property Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar Tadio frequencies are near the vehicle If transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vel If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Not For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 this device must accept
68. ow beam toward the tuming direction to improve the driver s view When the headlight switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in a tum the AFS system will be activated The AFS will operate when the headlight switch is ON when the selector lever is in any position other than P Park or R Reverse 2 40 Instruments and controls when the vehicle is driven at above 16 MPH Q5 km h for the left side headlight Note that the right side low beam headlight will swivel but the left side will not swivel when the vehicle is at a stop and the steering wheel is turned The vehicle must attain a speed above 16 MPH 25 km h before AFS activates the left side headlight To tur the AFS off push the AFS switch The AFS OFF indicator light will illuminate Push the switch again to turn the system on again AFS will also adjust the headlight to a proper axis automatically depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle the load the vehicle is carrying and the road conditions IF the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON ition this may indicate that the AFS is not t properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer When the engine is started the headlights wil vibrate to check the system condition This is not a malfunction HEADLIGHT WASHER if so equipped The headlight washer operates when the head light is on an
69. systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension sys tem or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curta rollover air bag systems Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 Tampering with the air bag system may re sult in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat cov ers around the side air bags Work around and on the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done byan INFINITI retailer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring hamesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system 1 The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats A WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused aft tivation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit
70. tis the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chai SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your INFINITI at regular intervals 82 Maintenance and do it yourself GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by id technician or if you prefer If maintenance service is required or your ve hicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletin service ips and in retallership information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI
71. wireless tech nology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no phone connecting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone tumed on and carried in the You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone num TEM later in this section page 4 106 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the follawing notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit wwrw InfinitiUSA com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga Tage
72. 4 89 PLAYING DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD player while watching the images Insert a DVD into the CD DVD slot with the labeled side up The DVD will be guided auto matically into the slot When ejecting the DVD push the EJECT button Push the AUX DVD button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the DVD mode and begin playing DVD automatically When a DVD is loaded it will begin playing automatically The front screen will be turned on when the AUX DVD button is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off automatically after a period of time To turn it on again push the AUX DVD button again Adjust Front Rear displays Front display To adjust the front display mode push the DISP button on the center multi function control panel Follow the instructions displayed on the Rear display To adjust the rear display mode push the preferred side L or R of the DISP Display button on the remote controller DVD operation keys To operate the DVD player select the preferred key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller TT Pause Select the U key and push the ENTER button to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key To pause the DVD it is also possible to push the Gatton on the keypad of the remota roller P a
73. 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward facing rigid mounted step 3 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the he Adjustable head restraint or headrest in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint sssose7 sssocaa Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor at tachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle eat cushion and seatback while tighten ing the webbing of the anchor attach ments 5 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not mov
74. 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety rear door locks help prevent doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position C th rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the unlock postion INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM A WARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pace maker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible in fluences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA ad vises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not op erated unintentionally when the unit is Stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking
75. Accs To return to the automatic control mode push the intake air control button until the 5 a uten luni nates The Advanced Cliffidte Control System ACCS turns on and the intake air will be controlled automatically Totum the system off Push the OFF button Advanced Climate Control System ACCS if so equipped The Advanced Climate Control System ACCS keeps the air inside of the vehicle clean using the ion control and the automatic air intake control with exhaust gas detecting sensor Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 lt seat 7s ET macluster ions into the air blown from the ventilators and reduces odor absorbed into the interior trim When the air conditioner is tumed on the system generates Plasmacluster ions automati cally The amount of Plasmacluster ions increases according to the amount of air flow When the flow is high screen and when the air flow is low the indica tion in the screen changes to v Plasmacluster and Plasmacluster ion are regis tered trademarks of Sharp Corporation Exhaust gas outside odor detection sensor This vehicle is equipped with an exhaust gas detection sensor When the automatic intake air control is ON the sensor detects industry odors such as pulp or chemicals and exhaust gas Such as gasoline or diesel When such odors or gas are detected the syste
76. Howto enable disable the FCW system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the FCW system 1 Push the SETTING button and highlight the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER QD button ighlight the Driver Assistance Warn 185 Key and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Forward Collision Warning key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER 2 button Starting and driving 5 79 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA SYSTEM f so equipped The Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system warns the driver by a warning light and chime when there is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane and the driver must take avoidance action immediately The system helps reduce the rear end collision speed by applying the brakes when the system judges that the collision cannot be prevented The IBA system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 10 MPH 15 km h and above and when your vehicle is driven at speeds approximately 10 MPH 15 km h faster than the vehicle ahead 5 80 Starting and driving sspio 7 ssoo7a9 Vehicle ahead detection indicator The IBA system uses a distance sensor located below the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead When the system judges that your vehicle is
77. Indicator lights gt La Interior light control switch jer Interior tights 2266 Map lights 1266 Replacement 1826 Vanity mirror lights gt 111268 jarning indicator lights ar and audible reminders 2m Xenon headiighis 236 Lights Exterior and interior Lo replacement 827 Loading information See vehicle loading information E Lock Automatic door locks 35 Door locks 34 Lift gate lock EC Power door lock gt 3 Locking with mechanical key 34 Loose fuel cap warning 323 Low outside temperature warning Low tire pressure waring light gt Low tire pressure warning system pressure monitoring system PM 53 Luggage hooks 111 259 m Maintenance Battery General maintenance gt gt Indicators for maintenance Inside the vehicle Maintenance precautions gt Maintenance requirements Outside the vehicle Seat belt maintenance Malfunction indicator ight nl Map lights x Master waring light Mechanical key intelligent Key system 93 Memory storage Automatic drive positioner aH Meter Trip computer Meters and gauges Instrument brightness control Minor Inside mirror 327 Outside mirrors 328 Vanity mirror gt Moonroof n New vehicle break in 5 83 o Odometer 26 Off road recovery E oi Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants r Changing engine oil and filter Checking
78. Key in your possession before operating the re quest switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protec tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key sys tem When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelligent Key is inthe same hand that is operating the request switch to lock the door Put the intelligent key in a purse pocket or your other hand dA CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the glove box ora storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near metallic materials Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch driv er s or front passengers or the lift gate request switch 8 once while carry ing the Intelligent Key with you When you approach the vehicle with
79. R Re verse N Neutra D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive posi tion while the ignition switch position is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion A WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Re verse D Drive or manual shift mode Al ways depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use cau tion when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park D Drive or manual shift mode while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Except in an emergency do not shift to he N Neutral position while driving Doing so can cause a loss
80. Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The center position of the 3rd row bench seat is the seating position that can use a top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt as applicable 4 Position the top tether strap over the top of the center seating position seatback 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether an chor point on the floor behind the child restraint 3 Refer to the appropriate child restr installation procedure steps in this sec tion before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat con sult your INFINITI retailer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a Sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a ing position that has a lap shoulder Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label ing that it complies with Federal Motor
81. Temm dio device i connected push the DISC AUK 56545 s Button repeatedly unti he display changes fo 1 L 2 the Bluetooth audio mode C Pe Taru 6 Py 0 Pa maa aa Next Previous Track a s Fast Forward Rewind ps ana When the oo r mais buon is pushed fr 4 When a passkey appears on the screen operate the compatible Bluetooth audio device to enter the passkey The pairing procedure of the audio device varies ac cording to each audio device See the Bluetooth audio Owner s Manual for de tails When pairing is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISCAUX button re peatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast for ward rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio de vice will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the si or ie
82. The following items are controlled vehicle to vehicle distance control mode When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 MPH 32 and 144 km h When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode ad justs the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is up to the set speed Ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill with a waming chime When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle o vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed the 5 44 Starting and driving The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicleto vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead
83. To close push the lid down until latched Instruments and controls 2 57 E sicuas Siciass Rear if so equipped To open the lid push the knob up and pull up the id To close push the lid down until the lock latches 2 58 Instruments and controls Pocket To open the pocket pull the knob O To close push the lid until the lock latches TRAY To open the tray push the lid To close push the lid down The USB and or iPod connector port is located inside the tray See AUDIO SYSTEM in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice rec ognition systems section or iPod PLAYER OPERATION in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section sicasos sicanac COAT HOOKS The coat hooks are equipped at the rear assist grips AA CAUTION Do not place items which are more than 2 lb 1 kg on the hook LUGGAGE HOOKS A WARNING Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured Use the suitable ropes and hooks Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped wit
84. Track and Remaining Time is displayed Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Music Box automatically starts recording when a CD is inserted Delete Songs from Music Box Deletes the current song selected songs or albums by choosing from the list or all songs albums in the Music Box Recording Quality Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 kbps The default is set to 105 kbps CDDB Version The version of the builtin Gracenote Database is displayed Gracenote NOTE The information contained in the Gracenote Database is not fully guaranteed Theservice of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance o End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusiciD Terms of Use This application or device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this appli cation to perform disc and or file identification and obtain music related information including mame artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers or em bedded databases collectively Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this application or device You agree that you will use Gracenote
85. Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when towed Make sure the Gross trailer more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified ratings Technical and consumer information 9 19 Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 6 450 Ib 2 926 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from FMN S S CMN S S certification label 7 300 Ib 3 311 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 14 300 Ib 6486 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow g Load Specification chart 8 500 lb 3 856 kg 9 20 Technical and consumer information 7 300 Ib 3 311 kg 6 450 Ib 2 926 kg 850 tb 385 kg 14 300 lb 6 486 kg 6450 Ib 2 926 kg 7 850 lb 3 560 kg 850 Ib 385 kg 7 850 Ib 3 560 kg GWR ow Avallable for tongue weight GCWR ow Capacity available for towing Available tongue weight
86. Turning on or off the BSW system Type A The BSW system is automatically turned on when the engine is started and the warning systems ON indicator light illuminates on the warning systems switch You can turn the BSW system off by pushing the warning sys tems switch on the instrumental panel This switch will tum on and off the LOW BSW and FOW systems at the same time NOTE If you continue to push the warning systems switch from offto on for aver 4 seconds a chime will sound This will change the default status of the LDW BSW and FCW systems to OFF so that these systems will not automatically tum on when the engine is started If this procedure is repeated the default status will return to ON Turning on or off the BSW system Type B The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the BSW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the center display See How to enable disable the BSW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the BSW the Lane Departure Warning LOW and the Forward Col lision Warning FCW systems are deactivated For the LDW and FCW systems see LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LOW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM earlier in this section and FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM later in jis section Starting and driving 5 31 How to e
87. V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options re quired to achieve the rating Additional passen gers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue king pin load use the following proce dure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F MV S S CM V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are nor mally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the available maximum tongue king pin load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the available maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross
88. according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is tumed on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 Push the o switch B to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors B or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver opera tion see HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANS CENER in the 2 Instruments and controls section 328 Pre driving checks and adjustments spia OUTSIDE MIRRORS A WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoul der to properly judge distances to other objects Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located at the lower part of the instrument p
89. an INFINITI retailer Spare fuses are stored in the fuse box Extended storage switch if so equipped To reduce battery drain the extended storage switch comes from the factory switched off Prior to delivery of your vehicle the switch is pushed in switched or and should always If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 NOTE Ifthe extended storage switch malfunctions or if the fuse is open it is not necessary to replace the switch In this case remove the extended storage switch and replace it with a new fuse of the same rating How to remove the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch Position 3 Remove the fuse box cover inch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box the OFF 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT strass Replace the battery as follows 1 Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the mechanical key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the comer and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recom
90. and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position Be surenot to leave the intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the ve le speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automaticaly when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deacti vated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON posi tion 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the gj position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once
91. and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick Itis normal to add some oil between oil mainte nance intervals or during the break in period lepending on the severity of operating condi tions Acaunou Oil level should be checked regularly Operat the engine withaninsufficient amount of oil CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a ble floor jack and safety jack stands Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle 5 Remove the engine undercover Remove the bolts that hold the under cover in place Aurion Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 boss Engine oil and filter 7 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil Acaunou Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 840 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Perf
92. and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS A WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely Acaunou Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 AIR CLEANER 012020 spass REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI re tailer for servicing Iridium tipped spark plugs Its not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance schedule in INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones 848 Maintenance and do it yourself To remove the fiter release the lock pins and pull the unit upward The fiter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the mainte nance intervals See INFNIT Service and Mai tenance Guide for maintenance intervils When replacing the filter wipe the inside ofthe cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth A WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner Temoved can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only c
93. and tilt the joystick to the right or left Push the BACK button on the remote controller to apply the settings and return to the previous display To return the adjustment levels to the default value select Execute next to Initialization using the joystick on the remote controller and push the ENTER button The Execute key is deactivated when the picture mode set tings are already in the default value climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 Color System To choose the color system select from NTSC PAL PAL 60 PALM PAL N or AUTO using the joystick on the remote controller and til the joystick to the right or left 3D Y C filter Set to ON OFF using the joystick on the remote controller When turned on small characters and an outline of the shapes will be displayed more clearly than when turned off AUX Volume Setting To set the AUX volume select from HIGH LOW or MIDDLE using the joystick on the remote controller and til the joystick to the right or left OPERATING TIPS The images from a device that is connected to the rear auxiliary input jacks cannot be viewed on the front displays itis not possible to switch the source to USB if so equipped or DVD using the remote controller when the rear display is in the AUX mode Push the AUX D R button in the remote controller and turn off the AUX mode and then push the preferred mod
94. any interference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressly ipproved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following this device may not cause ind 2 this device must accept any including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator When tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light illuminates This vehicle provides visual and audible signals to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle in a safe and level place 2 Apply the parking brake and place the selector lever in the P Park position 3 Place the ignition switch in the ON po tion Do not start the engine Operation 1 Add air to the tire 2 In a few seconds the hazard indicators will start flashing 3 When the designated pressure is reached the hom beeps once and the hazard indicators stop flashing 4 Perform the above steps for each tire the tire is over inflated more than approxi mately 4 psi 30 kPa the hom beeps and the hazard indicators flash 3 times To cor rect the pressure push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure
95. audio phone and voice recognition systems IPOD PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod Open the tray lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector If the iPod supports charg ing via USB the battery of the iPod will be charged while connected to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows an INFINITI or Accessory Attached screen when the connection is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later Second generation iPod touch version 1 23 or later First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later Third generation iPod nano version 1 1 or later Fourth generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later This unit may not control operate correctly when connected to some iPod versions firm ware and iPhone Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISCAUX button re peatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has
96. bag system for the front passenger See SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for in stallation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 ths 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child re straints and are at least 1 year old Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca madian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in
97. be able to maintain the selected distance between ve hicles following distance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead There fore ifthe sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is sing damaged or covered When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle When your vehicle is towing a trailer etc The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor s operation within the limita tion of the system When the sensor is covered with dirt or obstructs the system will automati cally be canceled If the sensor is covered with ce a transparent or translucent v
98. be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to complete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 4 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key iie Genra Siri 8 e a hi edn SNe T o Joes eee mE suos suos 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The indicator turns off and the Standard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con tains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice co
99. button is pushed for less than 15 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 115 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the Bluetooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Bluetooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen Play pattern change To change the play mode push the cc button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal Shuffle All Tracks Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks Normal Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller P Pay Select the Bo key to start playing when pausing Select This key again fo pause the Sidi play TT Pause Select the T key to pause the Bluetooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose the preferred play mode from the fol lowing items Shuffle Choose Tracks Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track and Repeat All Tracks Shuffle OFF and Shuffle All e O
100. by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifica tions where itis available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission system and vehicle perfor mance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are spe cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner and suggests that you use reformulated gaso line when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined fn doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance prob lems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an oc tane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline ian oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is us
101. cargo floor cover 3 Replace the cargo floor board 4 Close the lift gate A WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jack ing equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance LD Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed A WARNING I done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe in jury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into con tact with eyes skin clothing or painted sur faces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with thing immediately flush the contacted area with wate Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protectors for ex ample goggles or industrial safety spec ta
102. climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice command examples speaking one command is sometimes suffi cient but at other times it is necessary to speak wo or more commands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the sepa Tate Navigation System Owner s Manual sans E Example 1 Placing a call to the phone number 800 662 620 1 Pushthe TALK iW switch located on the steering wheel 2 The system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help 3 Speak Phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 4 Speak Dial Number Selecting the itches the screen to the Keypad to input the phone number manually 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CES WEE E ea or Tra suae sui 5 Speak 8 00 The system announces Please say the Manual cont key fete ds or di or Soy Pange 7 Speak 6 6 2 Tata a Bal Em Bal lezen premere in meme suas smosso 8 The system announces Please say the tast four di
103. der the rear of the vehicle After preparing the spare tire to remove the rod pull aut the rod while moving the rod to the Tight and left with the screw of the extension facing the side Acaunou When storing the wheel make sure that the hanging plate is in the center of the wheel and then lit it up into the storage area Acaunou When storing the wheel be sure to mount the wheel horizontally Securing the wheel that is in a tilted position as illustrated may cause looseness and dropping of the wheel while driving Lower the wheel on the ground again and make sure that the hanging plate is prop erty set Hang the wheel again and make sure that the wheel is held horizontally then store the wheel Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire AA WARNING Never get under the vehicle while it is sup ported only by the jack fit is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with Safety stands Use oly the jack provided with your vehicle to li the vehicle Do not use the jack pro vided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your ve hice during a tire change Usethecorrectjack up points Neveruseany other part of the vehicle for jack suppor Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Donotstartorrun the engine while vehicleis on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This i
104. designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to tum the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensors can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically tumed OFF For small adults it may be tumed OFF however if the occupant does not it in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that appropriate 758 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensors are de signed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child r
105. desired station channel using the SEEK TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button to until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Menu XM Satellite Radio When the Menu key on the display is selected while the XM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using ihe TUNE SEEK CATEGORY or Menu Categories feature Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing on a station while listening to XM Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by XM Radio Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a key pad Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ign
106. discharge the vehicle battery Do not allow the system to get wet Exces sive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete func tionality of all VIDEO CD formats ET Playing a DVD Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Inserting removing Disk Insert a DVD into the CD DVD slot with the labeled side up The DVD will be guided auto matically into the slot When ejecting the DVD push the EJECT button DISCAUX button When a DVD is loaded it will begin playing automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will tur off automatically after a period of time To tum it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown as illustrated you may use the touch screen to select items from the dis played video You may also use the INFINITI Controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the INFINIT controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed I Pause Select the Wl key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD
107. driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For adi tional information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle
108. driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the 4WD warn ing light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the AWD shift switch to AUTO and do not drive fast 5 90 Starting and driving A CAUTION Ifthe 4WD waming light comes on or blinks lowly during operation or rapidly after stop ping the vehicle for a while have your ve hicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible Shifting between AHI and ALO is not recom mended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the WD warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even ifthe WD shift switch is in AUTO or 4H Be especially careful when driving If corresponding parts are malfunctioning the AWD mode will not be engaged even if the AWD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the AHI or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driving on dry hard surfaces in AHi or ALO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and in creased fuel consumption IF the AWD warning light turns on when driv ing on dry hard surface roads inthe AUTO or 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO in the 4LO position stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N Neutra position and shift the aWD shift switch to AUTO Ifthe AWD warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible
109. driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINIT retailer For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL later in this section ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running When the engine speed is high the engine oil pressure is also high When itis low the gauge indicates the low L oil pressure The engine oil pressure is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration Acaunou This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Ifthe gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the ve hicle checked by an INFINITI retailer Contin ued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine 18 f T7 uu 7 MU 8 10176 VOLTMETER When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the volt meter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is running it indi cates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volt drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 10 5 to 15 5 volt while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer
110. for adult seat belts or harnesses Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Property secure the cargo so it does not contactthetop tether strap Cargo thats not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a colli sion if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located in the following loca tions 2nd row bench seat if so equipped on the floor behind the outboard seating positions as shown 2nd row captain s seats Gf so equipped on the floor behind the seats as shown 3rd row bench seat on the floor of the cargo area behind the center seat position as shown I you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat con sult an INFINITI retailer for details REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions Rear facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the chil
111. free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands free phone is Connected When this item is active the system will auto matically re download the entries registered in the connected phone even after you delete the entries from your vehicle s Handset Memory TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved mand correctly Symptom Solution T Ensure that the command is valid See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM later in this section page 4 106 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone System falls to interpret the com 5 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE IF it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See VEHICLE PHONEBOOK earlier in this section 2 Replace one of t
112. getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane ahead detection indicator on the panel blinks and a warning chime sounds The IBA system will be turned on off by pushing the IBA OFF switch The IBA OFF indicator light will illuminate when the system is turned off PRECAUTIONS ON IBA SYSTEM A WARNING The IBA system is not a collision avoidance system It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit the system may not provide a waming or braking in cer tain conditions The system will not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Motorcycles traveling offset inthe travel When visibility s low such as rain fog e The system may not function when the dis ing lane snow etc tance to the vehicle ahead is extremely Oncoming vehicles in the same lane When snow or road spray from traveling 105 The system will not detect another vehicle under the following conditions When dense exhaust or other smoke lack smoke from vehicles reduces the When the sensor gets dirty and it is im e possible to detect the distance from the VIE Vehicle ahead When excessively heavy baggage is hinge song at Gas fade ne e or te ap The sensor generally detects the signals re When abruptly accelerating or turned from the reflectors o
113. has a higher center of gravity than a conventional passenger car The vehicle is not designed for comering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars Fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Starting and driving 5 9 Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or ra dia and tread pattern on all four wheels install tre chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immediately af ter driving in mud or water See BRAKE SYS TEM later in this section for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If youget out ofthe vehicle andit rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sa mud orwater as deep as the wheel hub mor frequent maintenance may be required See themaintenance information in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Spinning the rear wheels on slippery sur faces may cause the AWD warning light to flash The AWD system may also automati cally switch from the 4WD mode to the 20D mode This could reduce traction Be espe ally careful when towing a trailer WD models 5 10 Starting and driving PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH A WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emer gency The
114. help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The supplemental side bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear 2nd and 3rd outboard seating positions in certain side im pact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im pacted In a rollover both curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short period of time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fi ishers See SEAT BELTS earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags oper
115. increase or decrease the track number BACK switch Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not com pleted Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to Increase or decrease the volume Audio source switch Push the audio source switch to change the mode as follows AM FM FM2 XMI XM2 XM3 CD DVD Music Box USB iPod Bluetooth streaming audio AUX 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the 3rd Tow seat window Acaunou Do not place metalized film near the 3rd row Seat window or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise When cleaning the inside of the 3rd row seat window be careful not to scratch or damage the 3rd row seat window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth DUAL HEAD RESTRAINT DVD SYSTEM if so equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the Dual Head Restraint DVD System you can enjoy playing video files via a DVD CD or USB memory that provides images and Sound both from the front and rear display screens You can also enjoy compatible auxiliary devices such as video games camcorders or portable Video players through the auxiliary jacks The front and right left rear displays can show different sources individually The maxim
116. intake valve de posit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause per sistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI retailer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is mis use of the vehicle for which INFINIT is not re sponsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking or overheating This in tum may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINIT retailer or other competent service fa cility However now and then you may notice light spark knock fora short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concer because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load Acaunou Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifi cally design
117. it down lightly To clean the front cup holder pull up the inside tray 2 and remove it The cup holder is not designed to store per sonal items Type TypeB To open the cup holder pull the lid Instruments and controls 2 55 sica EA sicesoy icons 3rd row seat 2 56 Instruments and controls Soft bottle holder Acaunou Do not use bottle holder for any other ob jects that could be thrown about in the ve hicle and possibly injure people during sud den braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers SUNGLASSES HOLDER AA WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driv ing to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push O dA CAUTION Do notuse for anything other than glasses Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses casos sicea7o GLOVE BOX A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle D To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage See KEYS in the 3 Pre diving checks and adjustments section CONSOLE BOX Front To open the console box push up the knob B and pull up the lid
118. light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pretensioners may not function properly For additional information see SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM in the I Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section WARNING Ifthe supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a re taller as soon as possible Vehicle Dynamic Control VDO warning light The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alert ing the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slip pery When the vehicle dynamic control warning light illuminates when the vehicle dynamic control system is tured on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for ex ample the vehicle dynamic control or hill start assist system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTR
119. may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill boards 6 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A mes sage Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display the p switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a SKIP Push the EJ switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other ALERT There are 3 submenus under the alert menu BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e TIMER Select this submenu to specify when the TIMER indicator activates ea Select this submenu to display the low out side temperature warning MAINTENANCE There are 5 submenus under the maintenance BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode OL Select this submenu to set or reset the istance for changing the engine oil e FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the istance for replacing the oil filter e TRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tres OPTION There are 4 submenus under the display menu
120. may move outside of the de tection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may war you by blinking indicator and sounding the chime The driver tance away from vehicle traveling ahead Starting and driving 5 45 5500253 ssspo2s When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or acceler ate the vehicle 5 46 Starting and driving The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or trav eling position in the lane etc or vehicle con dition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sound ing the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway ata set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC system will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the veh
121. might become hazard to other trafic Tum signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position When an impact that could activate the supple mental air bags is detected the hazard warning flasher lights blink automatically If the hazard warming flasher switch is pushed twice the hazard warning flashers will turn off AA WARNING Do not tum the hazard warning flasher switch to off until you can make sure that it is safe to doso Also the hazard flasher warning may not blink automatically depending on the force of impact Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving HEATED STEERING WHEEL d icum The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light on the switch will illuminate Ifthe surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain temperature above 68 F 20 C The indicator ht will remain on as long as the system is on Instruments and controls 2 43 Push the switch again to turn the heated steer ing wheel system off manually The indicator light will tum off NOTE Ifthe su
122. models can be purchased A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at an INFINITI re taller Genuine INFINITI Owners Manual can also be purchased Inthe USA For current pricing and avai INFINITI Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 worw infinit techinfo com of genuine For current pricing and availabili INFINITI Service Manuals contact 1 800 267 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model or prior models please contact an INFINITI retailer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI retailer in your area call the INFINITI Misfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you of genuine IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this un likely event there is some important informa tion you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original exacting speci fications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to on
123. more than 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even ifthe brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the waming sound is heard DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY xc sica379 The dot matrix liquid crystal display appears in the vehicle information display C located be tween the speedometer and odometer and shows the indicators for the driving systems intelligent Key operation and various warnings and information For detailed information about each system see the following section Automatic Transmission AT WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AU DIBLE REMINDERS earlier in this section DRIVING THE VEHICLE in the 5 Start ing and driving section Four Wheel Drive 4WD system INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD in the Starting and driving section Cruise control system CRUISE CONTROL and driving section Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Distance Contro
124. of the current track on the iPod will be played Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played The INFINIT controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing pen Play pattern change When the Er button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattem can be changed as follows Ar Bin or MUSIC BOX The Music Box audio system can store songs from CD being played The system has a 9 3 byte GB storage capacity The following CDs can be recorded in the Music Box audio system CDs that contain uncompressed audio files Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio Hybrid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA specifi cation in CD Extras Fist session of multisession disc Extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C could affect the performance of the hard disk NOTE Ifthe audio system needs to be replaced due toa malfunction all stored music data will be erased 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 0 58 Recording CD 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For the details of playing a CD see Compact Disc CD player operation earlier in th
125. or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmission se lector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way itis a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Tum the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves h the ignition switch to the OFF po tion TOW MODE Sica The TOW MODE should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Driving the vehicle in the TOW MODE with no traller load or light traler light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driv ing characteristics may feel unusual Push the TOW MODE switch to activate TOW MODE The indicator light on the TOW MODE switch illuminates when the TOW MODE is selected Push the TOW MODE switch again to tur
126. other tha Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fuld wi mage he ade which isnot covered by the INFINIT e vel ied waranty Ser your MFM rete recommended Wants fi Ir ht cmtes Vio SAE 90 sabe fr amen tanpeaues above 32 F 9 2 Technical and consumer information 4 See an INIT rie for serve for synthetic ot 2 Deaton W type ATF may ao b sed ior vale i mand US tough on MNT retailer Using arate Suspension fl ote un Genuine NISSAN Hvac Suspension fui wt damage he Hye Suspension hich is not covered by the NFAT new vlc ed warranty ER al tratos tc NORCL ENMRCATON neato fr air codoer pecho Label Technical and consumer information 9 3 FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK56VD engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded pre mium gasoline with an actane rating of at least 51 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Re search octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance Acaunon Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control sys tem and may also affect warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered
127. out ofthe retractor sso 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The three point type seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional formation see CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated Iit is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension A WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that Seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position I they are not completely se cured passenge
128. phone and voice recognition systems Select the key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file N so Select the WI key to stop playing a movie fie DI Skip Next chapter Select the 99 key to skip the chapters of the disc forward The chapters wil advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed FAA Skip Previous chapter Select the 144 key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the I44 key is se lected Uist Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list san2soa Example Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files Play Mo Select the Normal or 1 Track Repeat play mode 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified folder file will be played Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items prc DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers Audio Select the preferred l
129. push the ENTER button For the DCA system see DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SYSTEM later in this section Automatic deactivation Condition A The warning and assist functions of the LOP system are not designed to work under the following conditions When you operate the lane change signal and change the traveling lanes in the direc tion of the signal The LDP system will be deactivated for approximately 2 seconds af ter the lane change signal is turned off When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 45 MPH 70 km h After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied the warning and assist functions will resume Condition 8 The assist function of the LDP system is not designed to work under the following condi tions warning is still functional When the brake pedal is depressed When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes When the accelerator pedal is depressed while the brake control assist is provided When the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC approach warning occurs When the hazard waming flashers are oper ated When driving on a curve at high speed After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satis fied the LDP brake control assist function will Starting and driving 5 27 Condition Under the following
130. pushed SNOW mode switch To use the DCA system turn off the SNOW mode switch then turn on the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the SNOW mode see SNOW MODE later in h 5 70 Starting and driving When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position To use the DCA system place the AWD shift switch in the AUTO position then turn on the dynamic driver assistance switch for AWD models For details about the 4WD shift INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD eat section When the VDC system is off To use the DCA system turn on the VDC then push the dynamic driver assistance switch For detalls about the VDC system see VE HICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDO SYSTEM later in this section When ABS or VDC including the traction control system is operating When drivin light itch see this to a strong light Le sun When the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode is operating the DCA system will not operate To use the DCA system tum the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode off then push the dynamic driver assistance switch For details about the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode see INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM earlier in this section When the engine is tumed off the system automatically turned off pca DCA Ssposo7 1 System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahe
131. recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating prop erly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or un der severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily En
132. recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number 0 zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh VITIUM Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a function to learn the users voice for better voice recogni tion performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system leam the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel and select the Others key 2 Select the Voice Recognition key 3 Select the Speaker Adaptation key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 r By mem a g E 284 J sasso swossi 4 Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system system from the following list 5 Select the Start Speaker Adaptation e Learning key 6 Select a category to be learned by the Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands The displayed commands in
133. reduced speed may be lower than other trafic which could increase the chance ofa collision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to ool and retum to normal operation See IF YOURVEHICLEQVERHEATS in the 6 Incase of emergency section of this manual 9 18 Technical and consumer information Acaunou Vehicle damage resulting from improper tow ing procedures is not covered by INFINITI warranties s Be Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch keep the tongue load be tween 10 to 15 of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load monn MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT GVW MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE WEIGHT GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M
134. regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state pr district therefore vel i differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and regis tered its modifications transportation and reg istration are the responsibility of ti INFINITIis not responsible for any inconvenience that may result Technical and consumer information 9 9 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION snoin snoros snoroo VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER VIN PLATE chassis number The number is stamped on the engine as The vehicle identification number plate is at The number is stamped as shown tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration 9 10 Technical and consumer information Em snoras ossa F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FM V S S CM V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture VIN etc Revi EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown TIRE AND LOA
135. retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film Acaunou When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or cchlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where itis used during winter Acaunou Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Appearance and care 7 3 Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if nat removed Acaunon Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do notusea cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels Do not apply wh
136. selecting the Others key The following items are available Display Comfort Clock 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CENT o9 e Saas Display settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the 1 play Adjustment key The following settings are available isplay To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the 3 OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen tums on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To tum on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the k OFF button Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Own ers Manual Color Them Choose the theme color of the menu screen from Black Brown or Silver eration ce O Exe
137. should be replaced im mediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system 1 The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain and rollover air bags are located in the side roof Tails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this l still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Curtain and rollover air bags are also designed
138. slight jolt after the selec tor lever is shifted to N Neutral or P Park position This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a mal function Acaunou When driving straight shift the AWD shift witch to the AUTO or AH position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a tum or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driv ing on steep downhill grades Use the en gine brake and low automatic transmission gears for engine braking Donot operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Beforeplacingthe4WD shift switchin the 4H position from AUTO ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 MPH 100 km h Fail ure to do so can damage the 4WD system Never shift the WD shift switch between 4L and 4H while driving Engine idling speed is high while warming up the engine Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the 4WD shift switch in AUTO A AHI AUTO VALO ssmioss AWD shift indicator 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR The 4WD shift indicator is displayed in the vehicle information display The indicator should turn off within 1 second after placing the ignition switch in the ON position While the engine is running the AWD shift indicator will illuminate the position selected by the AWD shift switch See the 4WD shift proce dure list shown in the INFINITI ALL MODE AWD SYSTEM earlier in this section
139. slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc On offroad surfaces such as on sand or rock etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When strong light for example at sun rise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Starting and driving 5 63 When rain snow or dirt adhere tothe sys tem sensor On steep downhill roads frequent brak ing may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When towing a trailer or other vehicle In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the dis tancefrom other vehicles using the accelera tor pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the DCA system when itis not recommended inthis section 5 64 Starting and driving sspioa7 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually decelerate to maintain the proper following distance The Distance Control Assist DCA system may not be able to decelerate the vehicle under some circumstances The DCA system uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles trav eling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the DCA sy
140. system P 5 20 Distance Control Assist DCA system P 5 62 Selector lever P 5 15 Four Wheel Drive WD shift switch P 5 84 SNOW made switch P 2 49 TOW MODE switch P 2 49 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 98 Headlight aiming control P 2 39 Power lift gate main switch P 3 19 Outside rearview mirror remote control switch P 2 28 L3 16 T 18 Waming systems switch P 2 47 Lane Departure Warning LDW P 5 20 Blind Spot Warning BSW P 5 29 Forward Collision Warning FCW p 575 Power lift gate switch P 3 19 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel switch P 3 26 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch P 5 80 if so equipped IMlustrated table of contents 0 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL Center display Around View Monitor P 4 19 Navigation system DVD player operation P 4 58 7 Clock P 2 51 8 Defroster switch P 2 35 Deicer switch 9 236 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 150 10 Fuse box P 8 23 11 Parking brake P 5 19 12 Hood release handle P 3 18 13 Steering wheel Horn P 2 44 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 50 Power steering system P 5 94 14 Push button ignition switch P 5 10 45 Climate controlled seat switch P 2 46 Heated seat switch P 2 44 do ow d ee 23 siga i esha Hipp an
141. that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the 4 side or side DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression automati cally adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corre sponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode Select the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Select the PG or PL mode Display settings To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played Select the Others key and then select the Display key To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display Adjust ment key and then select each key The
142. the 4WD shift switch See INFINIT ALLMODE 4WD in the 5 Starting and driv ing section 17 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator if so equipped The indicator is displayed when the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed agai the indicator disappears While the main switch indicator is displayed the ICC system is opera tional See INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL CO SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section 18 Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator if so equipped The indicator is displayed when the Distance Control Assist DCA system switch is pushed fon When the switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the indicator is displayed the DCA system is operational See DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST OCA SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section MAINTENANCE A c ImEXIT MAINTENANCE e EXIT MAINTENANCE e EENT MAINTENANCE 1 OTHER sica32s INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing the
143. the TOW MODE OFF TOW MODE is automatically canceled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position SNOW MODE s siceasa For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas turn the SNOW mode To turn the SNOW mode on push the SNOW mode switch The SNOW mode indicator light on the meter panel will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin To turn the SNOW mode off push the switch and the indicator on the meter panel will turn off Turn the SNOW mode off for normal driving and fuel economy Starting and driving 5 93 POWER STEERING AA WARNING Ifthe engineis not running oris turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds 594 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits f one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking ability at two wheels You may feel a small click and hear a sound when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly This is not a malfunction and indicates that the brake assist mechanism is operati
144. the category are 4 128 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 7 Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts a 5 B suas suas 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 9 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 4 speak the command that the system Te quested 10 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the y amp switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command cor rectly the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from None to Stored Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Resets the user s voice that the voice recogni tion system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in suc cession without selecting commands one by Minimize voice feedback for Alternate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the sys tem perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the Minimize Voice Feedback key 5
145. the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or con ditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system AA CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting sta tion When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radi When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depend ing on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years
146. the memorized position 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park Position 2 Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat the outside mirrors and the steering wheel Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memo rized position or to the exit position when the entry exit function is set to active with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position When no position is stored in the memory Switch When the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner When the AT selector lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position How ever it ill not be canceled if
147. the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in an other seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 139 7 Check to make sure that the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 fter the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child re straint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions Sssoas sssmoa Forward facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor t See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1
148. the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for more details 4 SHIFT P warning This warning appears when the is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P Park posi tion If this warning appears move the selector lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 5 PUSH warning This warning appears when the selector lever is moved to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the selector lever o PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is tumed to ON PUSH waming Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to or 6 Intel
149. the windshield wipers are operating at speed The system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position When the brakes are operated by the driver When the parking brake is applied Starting and driving 5 49 sspmos When the SET COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set A warning chime will sound and the set vehicle speed indicator will blink When the SNOW mode is pushed SNOW mode switch To use the ICC system turn off the SNOW mode switch push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN switch again For details about the SNOW mode switch see SNOW MODE later section 550 Starting and driving When the AWD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position To use the ICC system place the AWD shift switch in the AUTO position push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN switch again for 4WD models For details about the 4WD shift switch see INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD earlier in this section When the VDC system is off To use the ICC system tum on the VDC system Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the MAIN Switch again For details about the VDC system see VE HICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM later in this section When ABS or VDC including the traction control system is operating
150. this section 9 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 songas Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to leakage 3 Remove the gauge 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or re lease air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE FRONT P275 240 kPa ORIGINAL 50R22 11H 35 PSI TRE P275 240 kPa 60R20 35 PSI 14H REAR P275 240 kPa ORIGINAL 50R22 111H 35 PSI TRE P2757 240 kPa 60R20 35 PSI 14H SPARE P275 240 kPa TIRE 50R22 11H 35 PSI P275 240 kPa 60R20 35 PSI 14H yes f P215 60R18 94H S AC 9 g sp11575 Sousos Dampa TIRE LABELING Federal law requ
151. time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Alaska o e TE c ML 18 saxzaso Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button Select the Others key to show the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose Eng lish Francais or Espa ol for your favorite display appearance If you select the Francais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owners Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual see OWNER S MANUAL SER VICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Voice Recognition settings For details about the Voice Recognition set tings see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYS TEM later in this section CAMERA settings The CAMERA screen will appear when push ing the SETTING button selecting the Camera key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For the detalls about the camera system opera tion see AROUND VIEW MONITOR SET TINGS later in this section Monitor climate audio
152. time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows Current fuel consumption Average fuel con sumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Distance to empty dte Outside air temperature ICY Setting Waring check 1 Current and average fuel consumption The curent and average fuel consumption mode shows the current and average fuel con sumption 2 Average fuel consumption MPG or 1 liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the Q switch 8 for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Spec The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows 3 Elapsed time and trip odometer MILES or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode
153. tire pressure warning light illumi nates or LOW PRESSURE information i dis played on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire fail ure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure forallfourtires Adjust the ire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading information label to tur the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat Ifyou have a flat tire replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning ight will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will re main on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or sealant into the tires as this may cause malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If y
154. to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park Position 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 3 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position Theselector lever can be moved from theP Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion and the brake pedal is depressed In order for the steering wheel to be locked must be turned about 1 8 of a right or left turn from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel push the ignition switch to the OFF position To unlock the steer ing wheel push the ignition switch If the steer ing lock release malfunction indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display push the push button ignition switch again white lightly turning the steering wheel right and left See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 72 Instruments and controls section If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal dis play between the speedometer and tachometer See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS
155. to ve hicle operation ifa conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so Acaunou Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep theantenna ire more than Bin Q0 cm away from the electronic control system har ness Do not route the antenna wire next to any hamess Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI retailer Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM A WARNING Usea phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation If you find yourself unable to devote full at tention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so AA CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth
156. up a hill objects Viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When driving the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are claserthan they appear Use the mirrors or actualy look to properly judge distances to other objects The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course saaseso samage Front and rearview Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line approx 15 ft 0 5 m Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m Green line approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft G m Vehicle width guide lines 5 Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predictive course lines Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed wi the steering wheel is in the neutral position The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH 10 km h A WARNING The distance between objects viewed in the rearview differs from actual distance be cause a wide angle lens is used Objects in the rearv
157. when the lights remain illuminated after the ig nition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from be coming discharged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section the lights will illuminate under the following condition any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 3 the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition Acaunou Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a dis charged battery Instruments and controls 2 67 VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT icons icu The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also tum off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged 2 68 Instruments and controls The cargo light switch has three positions ON center and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the cargo light will illuminate Center position When the switch is in the center position 2
158. where atmospheric pollution exists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the coastal areas or heavy road salt use wi accelerate the corrosion process Road salt wil also accelerate the disintegration of paint sur faces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible Acaunou NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned peri odically ist rust and cor sd in some areas consult an INFINITI retailer Appearance and ca
159. will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi tions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see TIRE CHAINS in the B Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual For four wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pat tem on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades lat board to be placed under the it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AA WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow orice canbe slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much
160. wiring or other cable conn tions must pass to a trailer through the seal onthe lift gate or the body follow the manu facturers recommendation to prevent car bon monoxide entry into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be in spected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are en tering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident involving dam agetothe exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants A WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam mable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Acaunon Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection tems can cause overrich three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performan
161. your vehicle rapidly How to change set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Tum the MAIN switch off Both the MAIN switch indicator and set vehicle speed cator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH or 5 km h Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH or 1 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approxi mately 5 MPH or 5 km h Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH or 1 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH 32 km h
162. 00 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 805 km INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road con tions Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres sure Improper tire pressure will increase wear and waste fuel Make sure the front wheels are properly aligned Improper alignment will cause pre mature tire wear and lower fuel economy Climate control operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessaty When cruising at highway speeds itis more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Starting and driving 5 83 INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD if so equipped dA WARNING Do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine run ning Doing so may result in drivetrain dam age or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage o
163. 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 lbs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit INFINITI recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion ofthe seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating pos tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and donot allow a child in the cargo a ild could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS sssonoo 130 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious
164. 2nd row captain s seats if so equipped 2nd row bench seat outboard positions only if so equipped LATCH lower anchor A WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child re straints could result in serious injury or death ofa child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child re straints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center Tear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be se cured properly Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured property if the lower anchors are obstructed sssma sssmz Sssocas LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you
165. 3 Tire and Loading information label 831 9 11 Tire chains 1835 Tire dressing NA Tire pressure 1829 Tire pressure information display 49 Tire pressure monitoring system PMS esie Tire rotation 1225 2 2221s 836 Types of tires 1835 Uniform tire quality ang 928 Wheel tre size 9 9 Wheels and tires gt gt 29 Top Tether strap child restraints 134 Touch screen Mor Tow mode 593 Tow mode switch 249 Towing Flat towing 928 Tow truck towing 64 Towing a trailer 9 17 Towing safety eared TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator 55 TPMS Tire pressure warning system 162 Trailer towing sees 947 Transceiver Homelink Universal Transceiver ve ee e 268 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF gt 8 Driving with automatic transmission gt lt 5 15 Transmission selector lever lack Loc supino FERENT 1 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system Traveling or registering your vehicle in another county Trip computer Var Trip odometer gt gt 1227 Turn signal switch i242 v Underbody cleaning Uniform tire quality grading gt gt 1928 USB memory operation ET v Vanity mirror 330 ity mirror lights ET Variable voltage control system ES Vehicle Dimensions 99 Identification number VIN 910 Loading information E
166. 3 858 3 622 98 x 92 Displacement cuin cm 338 78 5 552 Firing order 18736542 Idle speed m See the emission control information Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm label on the underside of the hood Spark plug Standard DILKARTBTI Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Sus Offset in m Conventional and spare 20x 8 1 18 30 Baa Tire Type Size Pressure PSI KPa cod Conventional and spare P275 50R22 1H DIMENSIONS Overall length mm 208 3 5 290 Overall width in mm 79 9 2 030 Overall height in mm 75 8 4 925 Front tread im 67 5 4 715 Rear tread in mm 67 9 1 725 Wheelbase in mm 1211 6 075 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your ve hicle to another country state province or dis trict it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and
167. 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 16 Child safety rear door locks P 3 6 if so equipped ees IMlustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 1 Fuebfiller door P 3 23 Fuel recommendation P 9 4 2 Antenna P 4 82 3 Rear combination light bulb replacement 9 826 0 4 Illustrated table of contents Rear window defroster P 2 35 Satellite antenna P 4 40 j Rear view camera P 4 19 High mounted stop light bulb replacement P 8 26 a0 n 2 a Lift gate P 3 19 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Rear window wiper and washer Switch operation P 2 34 Window washer fluid P 8 14 Spare tire under the vehicle P 6 2 Rear Sensor Around View Monitor P 4 19 Recovery hook P 6 17 Trailer hitch P 9 21 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT sions Cargo light P 2 68 Cup holders 3rd row seat P 2 56 j Rear ventilators P 4 30 Coat hooks P 2 59 Rear personal lights P 2 66 6 Tray P 2 58 USB memory operation P 4 61 iPod player operation P 4 70 7 Door armrest Power window controls P 2 61 Power door lock switch P 3 5 8 Automatic drive positioner switch P 3 30 9 Sun visors P 3 26 10 Moon roof switch P 2 63 Tl Map lights P 2 66 12 Sunglasses holder P 2 56 1B Inside rearview mirror P 3 27
168. 4 3 auto recirculation button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the in side temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Tum the temperature control dial driver side to set the desired temperature The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F For Canada 18 to 32 C The temperature of the passenger com partment will be maintained automati cally Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically 3 You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button is pushed or the passen ger side temperature control button is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side tempera ture control push the DUAL button 4 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in
169. 4LO position Otherwise the gears may grind damaging the drive system Starting and driving 5 85 72 While changing in and out of the 4LO position the engine must be running Otherwise the shift will not take place and the 4LO indicator will not be on or flashing Make sure that the 4LO indicator turns on when shifting the AWD shift switch to the 4L position The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light will also turn on when Al is selected See VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM later in this section 5 86 Starting and driving The AWD shift switch is used to select the 4WD mode depending on the driving conditions There are 3 types of drive modes available AUTO 4HI and ALO The AWD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode AUTO 4H and AL You must depress the 4WD shift switch to select 4L and the vehicle MUST be stationary and the selector lever in the N Neutral position when changing into or out of aL dA VIARNING When parking apply the parking brake be fore stopping the engine and make sure that the AWD shift indicator is on and the ATP warning light tums off Otherwise the ve hicle could unexpectedly move even if the automatic transmission is in the P Park position The 4LO and am indicators must stop blink ingand the 4LO or all indicator must remain illuminated or turn off before shifting the transmission into ge
170. 50 Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is tumed off the connecti between the Bluetooth devices and the vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Con necting procedure earlier in this section Up to 5 devices can be registered Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Connected Devices Registered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available Select Select Select to connect the selected de vice to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the selected de vice will replace the current device Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a con nected Bluetooth cellular phone For details about Hands Free Phone System see Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM later in this section 4 70 Monitor climate
171. 53 icai Power outlet Pull up the cover and plug in After using the power outlet be sure to turn off the main switch Acaunon Do not use with accessories that exceed a 120 volt 150W 1 254 power draw Use this power outlet with the engine run ning if the engine is stopped this could result in a discharged battery 2 54 Instruments and controls STORAGE CUP HOLDERS Acaunou Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink Ifthe liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard jects can injure you in an accident Do not recline the rear seatback when you use the cup holders on the rear armrest Do ing so may cause the beverages to spill over and if they are hot they may scald the passengers Front To open the cup holder push the lid O To close lower the cup holder lid and push it down lightly Pull up the inside tray and remove it for a larger container or cleaning The cap of the bottle can be placed on A small beverage can be placed in the cup holder The cup holder is not designed to store per sonal items scone a scs Type A 2nd row seat TypeA To open the cup holder push the lid The flap will be folded down when inserting a large container To close lower the cup holder lid and push
172. 597 Adaptive front lighting system AFS 240 Advanced air bag system s Aiming control Mactve font ging system A 2 40 Headlights 1 239 Air bag system Advanced air bag system 22S Front passenger air bag and status light ME Frontseal mounted side impact supplemental air bag system reo Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system 1 60 Air bag warning labels Air bag warning light 163 246 ir cleaner housing fi 1818 Air conditioner Advanced Climate Control System aces ET Air conditioner service gt Ej Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 40 9 7 Automatic climate control gt gt 4 31 434 In cabin microf 439 Alarm How to stop alarm Gee vehicle security system EE 58 E Alcohol drugs and driving Antenna Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 97 warning light in Appearance care Exterior appearance care 72 Interior appearance care gt 74 Armrest h we Around View Monitor E Audible reminders 220 Audio operation precautions m Audio system EJ Steering wheel audio control TI Auto closure 8 m Autolight system 237 Automatic Automatic transmission fuid AT 8 1 Climate control MICE Door locks 21 35 Drive positioner 11330 Driving with automatic transmission 5 15 Moonroot meee
173. A system brakes and moves the accelerator pedal upward according to the distance from and the relative speed of the vehicle ahead to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance AA WARNING Always drive carefully and attentively when using the Distance Control Assist system Read and understand the Owner s Manual thoroughly before using the DCA system To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents orto control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use the Distance Control Assist sys tem except in appropriate road and traffic conditions If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come toa standstill witha warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal The DCA system will not apply brake control while the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal Ss PRECAUTIONS ON DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM The system is intended to assist the driver to keep a following distance from the vehicle ahead traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies th
174. ARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alon either They could accidentally injure them selves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Property secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide A WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are enter ing the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately 52 Starting and driving Do not run the engine in closed spaces such asa garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine run ning for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate closed while driving oth erwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Setthe CED air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air WF electrical
175. Advanced Air Bag Sys tem never install a rear facing child re straint inthe front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this sec tion for details sss033 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 sssonso sssonea A WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side impact supplemental air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a front Impact rear impact rollover or lower sever ity side collision Always wear your se belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 754 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The curtain side impact and rollover supple mental air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the Seat Th side airbags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate with great force Do not allow anyonetoplacetheirhand leg orfacenearthe side airbags onthe side ofthe seatback oft
176. B Fuel economy information display Fuel octane rating Fuel recommendation Fuel iller cap Fuel filler door Gage Loose FUEL CaP waring Fuses o Fusible links ES 92 E Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 268 Gas cap E Gauge 25 Engine coolant temperature gauge 27 Engine oil pressure gauge 128 Fuel gauge Odometer Speedometer Tachometer Trip computer gt 227 General maintenance isa Glove box 28 Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth 4 96 Hazard warning flasher switch 1243 Head restraints i Ilse Headlight washer EY Headlights Aiming control 239 Aiming control See adaptive front lighting system AFS 240 Bulb replacement 827 Headlight switch 1237 Xenon headlights 11236 Heated se ETT Heated steering wheel 243 Heater Automatic climate contro 4 31 4 34 Engine block heater NE Hill start assist system E HomeLink Universal Transceiver Hood release Hook Coat hooks Luggage hook gt 259 Ignition switch Push button Immobilizer system In cabin microfilter Indicator Dot matrix display lights INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System gt gt INR voice recognition system INFO button Inside mirror Inspection maintenance Q M test Instrument brightness control Instrument panel Intelligent Brak
177. C Seat positioner gt EET Average fuel consumption and speed gt gt gt 2 27 Avoiding collision and rollover gt gt 5 6 B k door See lift gate 319 Battery Battery saver system 239 266 Intelligent Key 1824 Variable voltage control system 816 Before starting the engine sn Belts See drive belts sa Blind Spot Warning BSW system 529 Blind Spot Warning BSW system warning light 22 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone sistem 196 Booster seats Brake Antio Braking System ABS 597 Brake booster ES Brake fluid Jeg 813 ECT 519 Warning light ET Break in schedule 1583 Brightness control Display ON OFF button E Instrument panel 241 2n 826 Bulb check instrument panel gt Bulb replacement Cabin alrfiler Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Car phone or CB radio E 92 Las 2e0 Cargo floor box Cargo light ET Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 52 CD CF USB memory care and cleaning 4 80 Center multi function control panel 43 Child restraints Booster seats LATCH system Precautions on child restraints Top tether strap Child safety Child safety rear door loc Chimes Audible reminders 3 Seat belt warning light and chime gt gt Circuit breaker Fusible link Cleaning exterior and interior Climate control Automatic climate control aa
178. CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not ex ceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illus tration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX tbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this
179. Cleaning Power windows Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper Rain sensing auto wiper system Rear window wiper and washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades Xenon headlights 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK56VD engine INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded pre mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number search octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance Acaunou Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control sys tems and may also affect warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the
180. DC OFF SWITCH sicauss The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To tum off the VDC system push the VOC OFF switch The 3 indicator wil iluminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to tum on the system See VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section CLock If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 4 To set the clock forward push the button 2 To set the clock backward push the but ton 3 To move forward or backward faster push and hold the button more than 5 seconds Instruments and controls 2 51 For details about display clock adjustment if so equipped see HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems secti 2 52 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET Acaunou Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlet when the air condi tioner headlights or rear window defroster i
181. DING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as illustrated Technical and consumer information 9 11 mors AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is at tached as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE To install the front license plate bracket to your vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AA WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle In a col lision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Donotallowpeopletorideinanyarea of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This i
182. Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERV ERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your license termi nates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Soft ware and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you di rectly in its own name The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric iden tifie is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 The Gracenote Software and ea
183. Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occu pant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Donotplace objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors weight sensors This can affect the opera tion ofthe air bag system and result in seri ous personal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sen sors This can also affect the operation ofthe airbag System nd resultin serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components willbe hot Do not touch them you may severely bur yourself Nounauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring ofthe supplemen talairbag system Thisis to prevent acciden tal inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension sys tem or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 59
184. E Recovery freeing a stuck veil E Security system 1229 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch ESI Vehicle dynamic control VOC system gt 5 98 Vehicle dynamic conto VDC warning light ay Vehicle information and settings display E Ventilators Em Voice command INFINIT voice recognition system 4M2 4 122 Voice recognition system 4 106 Voice recognition Altemate command mode ans Voltmet 29 w Warning Check tire pressure warning 224 Dot matrix display am Hazard warning flasher switch 243 Lane departure warning BW sy tem 520 Lights am Loose fuel cap warning 228 Tire pressure monitoring system PMS 2 5362 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders h 210 Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 63 Warning light AWD waming light 222589 Air bag warning light 163 246 anti lock braking stem ssi warning light 2n Brake warning light 2n Intelligent Key warning light 244 Lane departure warning light EI Low tire pressure warning light 214 Seat belt waming light and chime gt 246 Warranty Emission control system warranty Miet 929 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch Washing Waxing gt Welcome light Wheel tire size Wheels and tires Care of wheels Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels Window washer fluid Window s
185. EHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS earlier in this section Switching the display Pushing the DISCAUX button will switch the displays as follows iPod USB CD DVD Music Box Bluetooth streaming audio AUX iPod USB FM AM SAT radio operation When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception radio FM AM band select m Pushing the FM AM radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM FM2 AM XM radio XM band select Pushing the XM radio band select button will change the band as follows XMI XM2 XM3 XM The satelite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam TUNE Tuning For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning For XM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55
186. ELT USAGE later inthis section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 sssms Power folding Push and hold the front side of the switch O located on the passenger side of the cargo room The corresponding seatback R right side L left side will be folded down automaticaly Push and hold the rear side of the switch D The seatback will be retumed automatically The seatback will rise up while holding the switch the vehicle battery if the vehicle is not running Acaunou When operating the rear power seatback urn make sure that the vehicle is stopped a the transmission is in the P Park position A WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area oronthe rear seat when itis in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in se rious injury in an accident or sudden stop When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be in jured in an accident or sudden stop 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks Ina sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury HEAD RESTRAINTS A WARNING Head restraints
187. ERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating diffi culties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about ar Servicing we recommend that it be done by an INFINITI retailer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 10 Engine coolant reservoir 11 Drive belts 32 Air cleaner 5 10 n 2 E VK56VD ENGINE MODEL 5 Engine oil filler cap 1 Window washer fluid reservoir 6 Brake fluid reservoir 2 Fuse fusible link holder 7 Fuse fusible link holder 3 Engine oil dipstick 8 Battery 4 Power steering fluid reservoir 9 Radiator filler cap 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Addi tional engine cooling system additives are not necessary dA WARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reser voir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid scaping from the radiator See precautions in IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEAT
188. ET indicator will tum of Tum the MAIN switch off Both the MAIN switch and SET indicator wil tum off To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch b Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE set switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch Push then quicky release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it b Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Push then quickly release the SET COAST Switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed When the vehicle speed falls below approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h
189. FINITI retailer Starting and driving 5 57 Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunc tion CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal dA WARNING Inthe conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode a waming chime does not sound towarn you ifyou are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected Pay special attention to the distance be tween your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise Control CC system display Do not use the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions when itis not possible to keep the vehicle ata set speed 558 Starting and driving in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads rain snow ice etc Invery windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incre mentally 2 SET COAST switch Sets the desired cruise speed reduce
190. FOLDER Playback order The folder names of folders not containing compressed audio files are not shown in the lisplay ifthere is a file in the top level ofa disc USB Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated in the previous figure Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVDsR DVDRW DVDsR DL USB20 Supported file systems Cb CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVDsR DVD RW DVD R DL 1509660 LEVELT 1509660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Fles saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF1 02 1S09660 UDFL5 UDF2 0 VDFLS VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported USB memory FATIG FATS2 Version MPEGI Audio Layer 3 we Sampling 8 kHz 48 kHz frequency Bitrate 8 Kbps 320 kbps VBR Version WHAT WMAB WMA wwaea Sampling 32 khz 48 kHz versions frequency Bit rate 32 kbps 92 kbps VBR Ver 9 4 ANC Version MPEG AAC Sampling 8 khz 96 kHz frequency Bit rate 16 Kbps 320 kbps VBR A Tag information Song ttle and Artist n
191. For your safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle 2011 Infiniti QX Owner s Manual FOREWORD Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It integrates advanced engineering and superior craftsmanship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional japanese culture The result is a diffe beauty The car itsel i sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINIT from the way it looks and drives to the high level of retailer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINIT to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the fea tures controls and performance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is in cluded in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide ex plains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer The War ranty Information Booklet contents provid complete information about all warranties cov ering this vehicle the requirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Road side Assistance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any co
192. Hildren System LATCH Top tether strap child restraint Rear facing Child restraint installation using LATCH Rear facing the seat belts Forward facing using LATCH Forward facing ci using the seat belts i Installing top tether strap 2nd row captain s seats or 2nd row bench seat Installing top tether strap Grd row bench seat Booster seats Supplemental restraint system Precautions on supplemental restraint system INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems restraint installation using 160 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 62 Supplemental air bag warning light 163 Supplemental air bag warning labels 163 Repair and replacement procedure 64 SEATS sssona AA WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other serious inju ries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be up right Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly
193. IBA SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section In the event of a high severity rollover colli sion The pre crash seat belt will not be active when the seat belt is not fastened the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH 15 km h during emergency braking the vehicle speed is under 19 MPH 30 km h during sudden steering maneuvers or in the event of a high severity rollover collision The pre crash seat belt will not be active when the brake pedal is not depressed except when sudden steering maneuvers occur or the Intel ligent Brake Assist BA system activates The motor also retracts the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfastened When the seat belt is fastened the motor tightens the seat belt for a snug fit When the seat belt is unfastened the motor retracts the seat belt If the seat belt is not fully retracted the motor retracts the seat belt when the door is opened Always wear your seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back If the motor cannot retract the seat belt when the seat belt is fastened or unfastened it may Indicate the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly in a short period of time the motor may not be able to retract the seat belt After 8 minutes the motor reactivates and retracts the seat belt If the seat belt still cannot be retracted by the motor t
194. LOW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the center display See How to enable disable the LDW system using the settings menu Type B later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator D on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the LDW the Blind Spot Warning BSW and the Forward Collision Warning FCW systems are deactivated For the BSW and FCW systems see BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM later in this Section and FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM later in this section Ssposso With navigation system soma Howto enable disable the LDW system using the settings menu Type B Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system 1 Push the SETTING button and highlight the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button ighlight the Driver Assistance Warn gs key and push the ENTER 2 button 3 Highlight the Lane Departure Warning key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER 2 button Temporary disabled status at high temperature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approx mately 104 F 40 C and then started the LOW system may be deactivated automatically The lane departure war
195. NG AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warn Name Page Ware Name Page Name Page ing ing light tight antilock Braking System 21 Charge warning ight ET low tie pressure warning 2 14 ABS ABs warning light light stance Control Assist 213 Master warning light 236 e CRUISE DCA system warning Gr Automatic Transmission 21 light orange pr AT check warming light i review Function warming 2 iex an t list Engine oi pressure warm 253 ense review fancti A7 ing light Fry a frensatiston eR Seat belt warning light 236 oi TEMP AT oil temperature warn Tayup FourWheet Drive awo 243 amp ing light AWD warming light amp WD mod a ji Y els Supplemental air bag 216 Automatic Transmission 231 lemer ATP ary park waring ight suse Iellgent Cruise Controt 2 4 PE waring tne Brake waring light Fan FRUSE cc system waming tight FE Vehicle Dynamic Control 247 mm orange VDO warning light Intelligent Key system 2 14 waming light FE Blind Spot Warming 85 232 lane departure warning 2 14 amp yster warning tte or light orange ange Ilustrated table of contents 0 11 tion LDP ON indicator light green
196. NING Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capac ity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack Heavy loading ofthe roof rackhas the poten tial to affect the vehicle stability and han dling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers Roof rack load should be evenly distributed Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity Property secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent tfrom sliding or shift ing na sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury you cannot comfortably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS A WARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while itis in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unex pected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in the window Unattended children could be come involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passen ger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled
197. O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario LAW 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SRS Exterior front Exterior rear Passenger c Cockpit Instrument panel Meters and gauges Engine compartment Vks vd engin Warning and indi SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS Ssiozas 1 Seat belt for 3rd row center seat belt 3 Head Restraints P 1 8 Page 1 24 Front seat Active Head Restraints 2 Roof mounted curtain side impact and p 112 rollover supplemental air bags P 1 50 4 Seat belts P 1 18 0 2 Illustrated table of contents 10 n E s u LI Front seat mounted si impact supplemental air bags P 1 50 Supplement
198. OL VDO SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual INDICATOR LIGHTS AFS Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light will illuminate The light will tum off in about 1 second if the AFS operational This light also comes on when the AFS is tumed off by pushing the AFS switch IF the AFS indicator light blinks it may indicate the AFS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See Adaptive Front lighting System AFS later in this section Instruments and controls 2 17 Automatic transmission position indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the automatic selector position Ps In the manual shift mode when the transmis sion does not shift to the selected gear due to a transmission protection mode the AT position indicator ight will blink and a chime wll sound See AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION in the 5 Starting and driving section for further details sip Check suspension indicator SP light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds J Cruise indicator light if so equipped Cruise main switch indicator This light illuminates when the cruise control main switch is pus
199. ON the predictive course lines is displayed in the front and the Camera View Priority The view shown on the screen at the beginning of around view monitor operation can be se lected in order of priority Non viewable Area Reminder With this item turned to ON the non viewable area is highlighted in yellow for 7 seconds after the bird eye view is displayed Sonar When this item is tumed to ON you will hear a tone sound when the comer sonar indicator appears Sonar Display Whenthi indicator item is tumed to ON the corner sonar displayed in the front side view Corner Sonar Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity level of the corner sonar higher right or lower lefi OPERATING TIPS The screen displayed on the Around View Monitor will automatically return to the pre us screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pushed while the selector lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position The display of images on the screen may be delayed after screens are switched Objects in the Around View Monitor may be distorted momentarily until the Around View Monitor screen is displayed completely r climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not display objects clearly This is not a malfunction When strong light directly shines on the camera objects may not be displayed clearly
200. ONE SETTING later in this section Ifa phonebook does not automati cally download the vehicle phonebook may be set for up to 40 entries This phonebook allows the recording of a name to speak while using voice recognition Vehicle Phonebook key Select the Add New key at the top of the Enter e m d n i Jl h ji B ji ET n Push the button and select the Choose the method for entering the phonebook entry For this example select Enter Number by Keypad je digits and select the OK key See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN ear lier in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 Tiue d a 1 m ll CE 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 6 Select the Store key and prepare to Speak the name after the tone 7 When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the phone book entry 8 After the phonebook entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Push the BACK button to return to the Vehicle Phonebook There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options instead of Enter Number by Keypad in step 3 Copy from Call History The system will show a list of incoming outgoing or
201. Owner s Manual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN CAUTION The glass screen onthe liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol ben zine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Donot splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system A WARNING ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could dis tract you If distracted you could lose con trol of your vehicle and cause an accident 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems LIS fae Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those fo
202. P TETHER STRAP 2nd row captain s seats or 2nd row bench seat First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors 2nd row captain s or bench outboard seating positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint or headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the head restraint or headrest is re moved store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section and HEADREST earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment removal and installation information 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether an chor point on the back of each seatback behind the child restraint 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Make sure the head restraint or head rest does not contact the top tether strap top t consult your If you have any questions when installing tether strap on the rear se INFINITI retailer for details Et sssw73 3rd row bench seat INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP 3rd row bench seat A WARNING Inthe 3rd row bench seat a child restraint with atop tether strap can only be used inthe center position Do not place in an outboard seating position and attempt to angle the tether strap to the center positior 1 46
203. R button The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key and push the ENTER button When the 4 side or side is selected the angle will change Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO The amount of seconds for CM Skip can be set to 15 30 or 60 seconds DRC DVD VIDEO DRC Dynamic Range Compression allows tun ing of the dynamic range of sound recorded in the Dolby Digital format DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key and push the ENTER button to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the pre ferred language and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one selected Display Adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items and push the ENTER button 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voic
204. RESET switch for twin trip odometer 2 2 Instruments and controls 4 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch Headlight Turn signal Fog light i Steering wheel mounted controls eft side Audio control steering switch Hands Free Phone System switch 6 Trip computer switch PES 10 D 2 a u 5 Wiper and washer switch Steering wheel mounted controls ight Cruise control system Intelligent Cruise Control CC system Dynamic driver assistance switch Lane Departure Prevention LDP system Distance Control Assist DCA system Selector lever Four Wheel Drive WD shift switch SNOW mode switch TOW MODE switch Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Headlight aiming control Power lift gate main switch Outside rearview mirror remote control Switch Warning systems switch Lane Departure Warning LDW Blind Spot Warning BSW Forward Collision Warning FCW 16 Power lift gate switch 17 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel switch 18 Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch so equipped Instruments and controls 2 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL Se nu 1 16 meios 20 2122 23 sir Side ventilator Meters and gauges j Hazard indicator flasher switch Center ventilator 2 4 Instruments and controls 5 Center multi function control panel Vehicle information
205. Removal Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint prope Secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches T must be installed in the hole with the lock knob Q 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Acaunou Models with a head restraint display if so equipped are designed so that the head re straint cannat be removed The head restraint display may be damaged ifthe head restraints forcibly pulled out Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 ssoson Front seat Active Head Restraint The Active Head Restraint moves forward utiliz ing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The move ment of the head restraint helps support the occupants head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Hea
206. S in the 6 in case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To prevent engine dam age use onlya genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genu ime NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze pro tection to A r 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concen trate following the directions on the con tainer If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufactur er s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 0 The use other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antfreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system The life expectancy of the factory ill coolant 1s 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mix Ingany other type of coolant other than Genu ine NISSAN Long Life Antfreeze Coolant blue including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy ofthe factory fill coolant Refer to the Nissan Service and Maintenance Guide for more details
207. Select the P gt key and push the ENTER button to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD To start playing the DVD itis also possible to push the Ga button on the keypad of the remote controller 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NI stor Select the MI key and push the ENTER button to stop playing the DVD To stop playing the DVD it is also possible to push the g button on the keypad of the remote controller Select the P key and push the ENTER button to skip the chapter s of the disc for ward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To skip the chapter s forward it is also pos sible to push the 6s button on the keypad of the remote controller SKIP FORWARD Faq sie REWIND Select the 144 key and push the ENTER button to skip the chapter s of the disc back ward The chapters will go back the number of times the ENTER button is pushed To skip the chapter s backward it is also possible to push the e button on the keypad of the remote controller AT commercat sip only for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR Select the gt or lt key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD settings menu To skip forward or backward itis also possible to push the Ge or Es button on t
208. Starting and driving 5 5 When the pressure reaches the designated pressure the horn beeps once If the hazard indicator does not flash in approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire it indicates that the Tire Inflation Indicator is not operating The TPMS will not activate the Tire Inflation Indicator under the following conditions If there is interference from an external device or transmitter The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS sys tem There is a malfunction in the horn or hazard indicators IF the Tire Inflation Indicator does not oper ate due to TPMS interference move the vehicle about 3 ft 1m backward or forward and try again IF the Tire Inflation Indicator is not wor a tire pressure gauge 1g use 5 6 Starting and driving AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed comering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle AS with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the
209. The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radi After receiving the activation signal an aval able channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button While the system is off to turn on the last audi source ie FM or CD which was playing im mediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see HOW TO USE SET TING BUTTON earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows Speed Sensitive Vol Driver s Audio Stage For more details see V
210. VEHICLE PHONE BOOK earlier in this section Delete Phonebook The vehicle phonebook entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Download Handset Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellu lar phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details When Auto Download is active the system will automatically re download the entries reg istered in the phone every time it is paired with the vehicle even after you delete the entries from your vehicle s Handset Memory Volume The following kinds of phone volume can be set Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the Volume key can also operate the same set tings Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone Incoming Call or Outgo ing Call key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated a spi ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call Auto Download When this item is activated and supported by a compatible phone the phonebook of the hands
211. Wen 1 ge ji Ir So marcis cac The Reminder will be automatically displayed when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions Select the Reset Distance Deactivate the Reminder Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked Others information The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and selecting the Others key GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM later in this section HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Sazasa Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Tre
212. Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initial ized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands Ifthe TALK y amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data down loaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words sans BL 3 smassa Giving voice command 1 Push and release the TALK W switch located on the steering wheel 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a comm
213. a and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA najis data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac MAA m a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the set ting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check ifthe finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check ifthe disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song when playing IF an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supp
214. a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario Law A25 9 30 Technical and consumer information REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National High way Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and rem edy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should mediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying INFINITI If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and finds that a safety defect
215. above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 2 1 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action gt t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING dA WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other repro ductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain products of com ponent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle arts such as lithium batteries may erchlorate Material special ly See win disc gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed O Bluetoot Gracenate is a re trademark of Gracenote Inc The Gracenote logo and logo type and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Sos Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Bluetooth inc V S A and licensed to Clarion Co Lt XM Radio requires cow mmm separately Not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit wwrw x
216. ad System operation AA WARNING The Distance Control Assist system automati cally decelerates your vehicle to help assist the driverto maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead Manually brake when decelera tion is required to maintain a safe distance upon sudden braking by the vehicle ahead or when a vehicle suddenly appears in front of you Always stay alert when using the DCA system The Distance Control Assist DCA system helps assist the driver to keep a following distance to the vehicle ahead by braking and moving the accelerator pedal upward in the normal driving condition When a vehicle is detected ahead The vehicle ahead detection indicator comes When vehicle approaches a vehicle ah Ifthe driver s foot is not on the accelerator pedal the system activates the brakes to decelerate smoothly as necessary If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limita tions of the system if the drivers foot is on the accelerator pedal the system moves the accelerator pedal upward to assist the driver to release the accelerator pedal When brake operation by driver is required The system alerts the driver by a warning chime and blinking the vehicle ahead detection cator If the driver s foot is on the accelerator pedal after the warning the system moves the accelerator pedal upward to assist the driver to Switch to the brake pedal
217. ad the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switc D position and the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch i 3D pos while the igr the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the tum off the lights will tum on when n switch is pushed to the ON posi Acaunou When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically tum off the lights will not turn off automaticaly Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended pe riods of time otherwise the battery will be discharged Never leave the light switch on when the engineis not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights tum off automaticaly scz Headlight aiming control if so equipped Depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle and the load iis carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of the oncoming ve hicie The light axis can be lowered with the operation of the switch The larger the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When traveling wi
218. ad of you ora collision could occur 5440 Starting and driving EN Semen amp gt ESA ssmios 1 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode Push the MAIN switch to choose the cruise control made between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode and the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance con trol mode D quickly push and release the MAIN switch B To choose the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch for longer than ap proximately 15 seconds Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the MAIN switch again to tur the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode see CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED CRUISE CONTROL MODE later in this section SELECTING VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE To choose the vehicle to vehicl distance con trol mode D quickly push and release the MAIN switch VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance co
219. aded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause seri ous personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch tr brake system Follow the by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg Class II hitch Class II trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg Class Ill hitch Class II trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 tb 2 267 kg Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 tb 4 545 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 Ib 2 267 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 Ib 4 545 kg maximum weight rating but your vehi
220. adjustments 3 15 Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park ition push the ignition switch to the yn and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors and the lift gate 2 3 Push the LOCK 4 button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors the lift gate and fueb filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK gd button on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuelfiller door will un lock The puddle light and the passenger cabin illu mination will iluminate and stay on for a short period of time 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 Push the UNLOCK i button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK but ton on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this minute time period the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute
221. ailure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more jured or killed than a person a seat belt Be sure to read DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU TIONS later in this section OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight 4 When appropriate slowly release the ac celerator pedal to gradually slow the ve hicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the ve hicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road sur face until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires retum to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane If you decide that it is not safe to return th
222. ake pedal Move the selector lever to the N Neutral position d Tum the MAIN switch off The CRUISE indicator light will turn off Ifyou depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 7 MPH 12 km h below the set speed if you move the selector lever to N Neutral position the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the folloving methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 16 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h
223. al front impact air bags P 1 50 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 132 3rd row seats P 1 6 Child restraints P 1 30 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children system P 1 32 Armrest 2nd row seat P 1 16 2nd row seats P 1 4 ild restraints P 1 30 Seat belt pretensioner P 1 62 Front armrest P 1 16 weight sensors P 1 55 Front passenger air bag status light 9 157 EXTERIOR FRONT TET ssi0729 1 Hood P 3 18 2 Windshield wiper and washer Switch operation P 2 32 Rain sensing auto wiper system P 2 33 Wiper blade replacement P 8 19 Window washer fluid P 8 14 Windshield wiper deicer P 2 35 3 Moonroof P 2 63 4 Power windows P 2 61 i Roof rack P 2 60 6 Front Sensor Around View Monitor P 4 19 7 Recovery hook P 6 17 j Front view camera P 4 19 Fog light P 2 42 10 Headlight washers P 2 41 11 Headlight and turn signal P 2 36 Bulb replacement P 8 26 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS P 2 40 12 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 29 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 14 P 5 3 13 Outside mirrors P 3 28 Side view camera P 4 19 Welcome light P 2 65 14 Side turn signal lights bulb replacement P 8 26 15 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3
224. ality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Requirement for Supporting Video Playback Media CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVDRW DVDRW DL USB 2 0 Memory File Systems CD 1509660 LEVELT 1S09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge CD R UDFI 02 1509660 UDFLS UDF2 0 CD RW 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported DVD Files saved using the Live File System component on a DVDsR Windows Vista based computer are not supported DVDsRW VDFLS VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported DVDsRW DL USB Memory FATI6 FAT32 File Types divx avi Video Codecs DVIG DivX4 DIVIS DIVX Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layers AC3 LPCM asf Video Codec 150 MPEGA Audio Codec 6726 Bit Rates divx avi Maximum Average 4Mbps Maximum Peak Mbps Resolution divx avi Minimum 32 x32 Maximum 720 x 480 asf Minimum 32x32 Maximum 720 x 576 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth streaming audio Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system Itis necessary to set up the wireless connec tion between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth streaming audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth streaming audio will vary depending on the device Make sure it is understo
225. alled the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle Ifa powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness con tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact an INFINITI retailer to set ready con tion or to prepare the vehicle for testing Technical and consumer information 9 31 EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash ike situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems per formed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is d
226. ame 103 tag VERLO VERII VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only WH tag WMA only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Text character number limitation 700 characters Displayable character codes 3 fot ASCI 02 150 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT IS T Fles created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps it rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and informs are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check ifthe disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check ifthe disc Is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is walt until the condensation is gone about 1 hour be fore using the player JE there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it retums to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA dat
227. an 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and hom mode when the LOCK Qj button CD is pushed the hazard indicator lashes twice and the hom chips once When the UNLOCK gj button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode m hazard indicator mode when the LOCK AL button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK ij button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Hazard indicator and horn mode Using Qj org button DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD once Using door handle request switch OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once Remote Keyless entry system HAZARD twice HAZARD once Using f org button HORN once HORN none Hazard indicator mo DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD none Using door handle request switch Remote keyless entry system HAZARD twice HAZARD none Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Switching procedure Push the Lock anduNtock A buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch the mode from one to the other When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator mode
228. ance and do it yourself section of this manual Starting and driving 5 97 The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spi slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pres sure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles AA WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs 598 Starting and driving you may hear a cunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then oper
229. and 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to Gee Mur cetus Dom de Operating tips Voice commands cannot be accepted when the iconis J The list displayed can be scrolled by the menu control switch on the steering wheel If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen IF you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK C switch for 1 sec ond The message Voice canceled will be announced To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately push the TALK WA switch to interrupt the system Re member to speak after the tone If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINIT Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice com mands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the follow ing examples 1 800 662 6200 Dial one two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice
230. and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a wind shield washer antifreeze Follow the manufac turer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driv ing conditions require an increased amount of window washer fl Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Acaunou Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with wa ter to the manufacturer s recommended lev els before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the win dow washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it WARNING Do not expose t
231. and setting buttons 6 Center display Around View Monitor Navigation system DVD player operation 7 Clock j Defroster switch Deicer switch 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag 10 Fuse box 11 Parking brake 12 Hood release handle 13 Steering wheel Hom Driver supplemental air bag Power steering system 14 Push button ignition switch 15 Climate controlled seat switch Heated seat switch 16 Remote tip up 2nd row seat switch 7 Heated steering wheel switch 18 Power outlet 19 Front passenger air bag status light 20 Cup holder 21 Automatic air conditioning system 22 Audio system 23 Glove box so equipped Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual METERS AND GAUGES Tachometer Warning Indicator lights P 2 3 Speedometer 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 5 j Voltmeter j Dot matrix liquid crystal display Odometer twin ip odometer 7 Engine oil pressure gauge 8 Fuel gauge The needle indicators the ignition switch is pus This is not a malfunction move slightly ater tothe OFF position Instruments and controls 2 5 2x 4 sicazes sicasro Speedometer Odometer twin trip odometer SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h
232. andom Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 TAIL Track Random 1All Random Edit Music Information Displays the following information about the Music Box to edit if necessary Edit Information of Current Song Edit the Track Artist and Genre infor mation of the current track using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Edit the Mode information by selecting from the list Edit Information by Album Edit the displayed name and of a selected album and the track information in the al bum Update Gracenote from USB Device Update the in vehicle Gracenote Database using a USB memory Search the title from a information acquired on the Internet Visit www InfinitiUSA com music update for details Transfer Missing Titles to USB Transfer the information of an album re corded without tiles to a USB memory Visit www InfinitiUSA com music update for details Update Gracenote from HDD Search the title using the database in the hard disk drive 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Music Box settings To set the Music box to your preferred set tings select the Menu key during playback and the Music Box Settings key with the INFINITI controller and then push the ENTER button Music Box Used Free Space Information about Saved Album Saved
233. anel The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position right or left to select the mirror then adjust 3 using the control switch Defrosting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER WINDSHIELD DEICER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section D ALS Fo seavra2 dA CAUTION Do not touch the mirrors while they are mov ing Your hand may be pinched and the mir ror may malfunction Do not drivewith the mirrors stored You will bbe unable to see behind the vehicle If the mirrors were folded or unfold hand there is a chance that the mirror will move forward or backward during driving If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by har be sure to adjust them again electrically be fore driving Power foldable outside mirrors The outside rearview mirror remote control op erates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position To fold the outside rearview mirrors push the outside rearview mirror folding switch to the CLOSE position Y To unfold push to the OPEN position GJ If mirrors are manually operated or bumped the mirror body can become loose at the pivot point To correct electronic mirror operation cycle mirrors by pushing the CLOSE switch until c
234. ange lanes Use the Tow mode or downshift the trans mission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually INFINITI recommends that the cruise control not be used while towing a trailer While towing a trailer do not use the follow ing systems if so equipped the Lane Departure Prevention LDP sys tem the Blind Spot Warning BSW system the intelligent Cruise Control CC system the Distance Control Assist DCA system Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system Some states or provinces have specific regu lations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat do not allow the water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may bum out When towing a trailer the transmission fluid should be ch
235. anged more frequently For addi tional information see the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide TOW mode Using TOW mode is recommended when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Push the TOW MODE switch to activate tow mode The TOW MODE indicator light in the meter illumi mates when TOW mode is selected Push the TOW MODE switch again to tum TOW mode off TOW mode is automatically cancelled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position TOW mode includes the following features Grade logic Adjusts transmission shifts when pulling a trailer or hauling a load up a grade Downhill Speed Control DSC automati cally downshifts when driving down a grade with a trailer or heavy load to help control vehicle speed Driving the vehicle in the TOW mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driv ing characteristics may feel unusual When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil luid should be changed more frequently For additional inf mation see the 9 Technical and consumer in formation section later in this manual Technical and consumer information 9 27 FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a r
236. anguage for audio Subtitle Select the preferred language for subtitle Display Mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema or Full mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio ADP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth device and the in vehicle audio system This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio files using the AVRCP Bluetooth profile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the Same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automati cally reconnect whenever the device is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage Regulatory information FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the sup plied antenna Unauthorized antenna modi fication or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two 3 This device may not
237. any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate tum the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer x CN FRONT The front seats can be warmed by builtin heaters The switches located on the instrument panel can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range For high heat push the HI High side of the switch For low heat push the LO Low si the switch The indicator light will iluminate when the heater is on of To turn off the heater push the HI or LO side whichever is selected of the switch Make sure the indicator light turns off Instruments and controls 2 45 siamo REAR The 2nd row outboard seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the back side of the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range For high heat push the HI High side of the switch For low heat push the LO Low side of the switch The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when the heater is on 2 46 Instruments and controls 3 To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure the indicator light goes off The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain o
238. anything on the seat which insu lates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat Any liquid spilled on the seat should be re moved immediately with a dry cloth The climate controlled seat has an air filter Do not operate climate controlled seat with out an air filter This may result in damage to the system When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH Type A if so equipped The warning systems switch will turn on and off the Lane Departure Warning LOW system the Blind Spot Warning BSW system and the For ward Collision Warning FCW system at the same time The LOW system will sound a warning chime and blink the lane departure warning light orange to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers See LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PRE VENTION LDP SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 47 The BSW system will illuminate the BSW indi cator
239. ar If the selector lever is shifted fromthe N Neutral position to any other gear while the ALO and AH indicators are blinking alternately the vehicle may move unexpectedly Acaunou Never shift the 4WD shift switch between 4L and AH while driving The AHI position provides greater traction Avoid excessive speed as it will cause in creased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain component Speeds over 62 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum trac tion Avoid raising vehicle speed exces sively as the maximum speed is approxi mately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the AUTO or 4H position Do not move the AWD shift switch when making a tum or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch between AUTO and 4H while driving on steep down hill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch be tween AUTO and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Donot drive on dry hard surface roads in the AH or LO position Driving on dry hard sur faces in AHI or ALO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear INFINITI recommends driving in the AUTO position under these conditions The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between AHI and ALO at low ambient tem peratures and the ALO and AHI indicators may blink even w
240. ar indicator will appear when a comer of the vehicle moves closer to an object The comer sonar indicator can be turned off See AROUND VIEW MONITOR SETTINGS later in this section Acaunou The tur signal light may overlap with the side of vehicle line This is not a malfunction Infrared illumination The images on the front side view can be dis played at night using the infrared illumination on the outside mirror Rear wide view The rear wide view shows a wider area on the entire screen and allows the checking of the blind comers on the right and left sides The rear wide view displays an approximately 180 degree area while the front view and the rear view display an approximately 150 degree area The predictive course lines are not displayed on the rear wide view Distance guide lines Indicates distances from the vehicle body Red line D approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m Green line approx 7 ft 2 m Green line 9 approx 10 ft 3 m Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Vehicle width guide lines 5 Indicates the vehicle width when backing up The comer sonar indicator will appear when a comer of the vehicle moves closer to an object DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line on the front and the rearview should be used as a referenc
241. ar of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the racking mation Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing ser to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior EZ Air fresheners Washing m Floor mats Waxing EE Seat belts Removing spots EZ Corrosion protection Underbody 73 Most common factors contributing to Glass EE vehicle corrosion Wheels ES Environmental facto Chrome parts eal corrosion Tire dressin ITA To protect your vehicle fram corrosion 77 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rai after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area W
242. are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself mem a sonezo Map light 012030 soi2031 Rear personal light sons span Vanity mirror light WHEELS AND TIRES Ifyouhaveaflattire see FLATTIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warn ing light in the 2 Instruments and controls section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency sec tion Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires includ ing the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specif
243. are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified tech nician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improperservice of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI retailer For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See SPECIFICATIONS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels A WARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted orra or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ance body to tire clearance clearance speedometer calibration head light aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could re sult in serious personal injury Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 Mf the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the
244. ark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the per Corporation is not issued Modifying or disassembling is prohibited Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc Dolby and the double D mark FRE are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc DIS is a registered trademark of DIS Inc and DTS 2 0 Sdt are registered trade marks of DTS Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the System Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD CD DA Conventional Compact Disc e pTs co DVD AUDIO may not be playable depending on the system USB Universal Serial Bus This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There are some USB devices which may not be supported with this system Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connector Do not force the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connect
245. arking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 19 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM if so equipped The Lane Departure Warning LDW system Lane Departure Prevention LDP sys tem will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 70 km h and above and when it is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane Each system functions as follows Lane Departure Warning LDW system warns the driver by a warning light and chime Lane Departure Prevention LDP system wams the driver by a warning light and chime and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center direction of the traveling lane by applying brake control to the left or right wheels individually for a short period of time 520 Starting and driving m 5500672 Lane departure warning light orange The LOW and LDP systems monitor the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera Unit located inside the font map light cover When the camera unt detects that the vehicle is traveling close to either the let or the right of the traveling lane the lane departure warning light on the instrument panel blinks in orange and a warning chime sounds When the LDP system is on it will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time using the functio
246. ary Artists Play tracks by an artist whose music is currently being played The artists are sorted in alphabetical order Albums Play tracks in each album The albums are sorted in alphabetical order AllSongs Play tracks from all recorded tracks The tracks are sorted in alphabetical order Genres Play tracks by a selected genre My Playlists Displays the Playlist and edits the Playlist i necessary Select the Edit key The following items are available Add Current Songs Add a current track to the Playlist Add Songs by Album Displays a list of albums in alphabetical order Selecting an album displays all of the tracks in the album Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist Add Songs by Artist Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks by the artist Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist Edit Songs Order Reorder the tracks in the Playlist by select ing a track and specifying the order Edit Name Edit the name of the Playlist using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER earlier in this section Delete Songs Delete tracks in the Playlist by selecting from the displayed song list Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode from the fol lowing items Normal 1Album Repeat 1 Track Repeat 1 Playlist Random 1 Artist Random 1 Album R
247. ase d or de crease 3 buttons to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Airflow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to Z Air flows from center and side ventila tors S Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets Saf Air flows mainly from foot outlets W Air recirculation Push the intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the C button will illuminate The air recirculation made cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrost ing mode Air flows from defroster and foot outlets Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the c button will um off and ag f So equipped wil illuminate Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be con trolled automatically To manually control the intake air push the intake air control button Without Advanced Climate Control System accs To retur to the automatic control mode intake air control button for about ts both air recirculation c5 and outside air circu lation 2 amp 2 buttons will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled auto matically With Advanced Climate Control System
248. ase follow the prompts given by the system If the command is not recognized the sys tem announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen To exit the voice recognition system push and hold the TALK amp switch The mes sage Voice canceled will be announced To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately push the TALK WE switch to interrupt the system Re member to speak after the tone If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement limate audio phone and voice recognition systems How to speak numbers INFINIT Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice com mands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone num bets by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try 1o call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for
249. ate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion the supplemental air bag warning light illu minates The supplemental air bag warning light will tur off after about 7 seconds ifthe systems are operational A WARNING The supplemental front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if unoccupied See Sssom Theseatbeltsandthe front airbags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate St upright ang wal back with great force Even with the INFINI Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Al ways use the seat belts Sssona Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 The driver and front pass
250. attended children could become involved in serious accidents Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while clos ing the lift gate spaar OPERATING MANUAL LIFT GATE To open the lift gate unlock it and push the lift gate opener switch Pull up the lift gate to open The lift gate can be unlocked by pushing the unlock button id Intelligent Key twice pushing the lift gate request switch with the Intelligent Key carried on you on the pushing the door handle request switch twice with the Intelligent Key carried on you pushing the power door lock switch to the unlock position inserting the mechanical key into the driv er s door key cylinder and turning it to the rear of the vehicle twice To close the lift gate pull down until it securely locks OPERATING POWER LIFT GATE To operate the power lift gate the selector lever must be in the P Park position The power lift gate will not operate ifthe battery voltage is low Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 sspa2sa7 E sean Power lift gate main switch The power lift gate operation can be turned on or off by the power lift gate main switch on the instrument panel When the power lift gate main switch is pushed to the OFF position the power operation is not available by the power lift gate switch on the lift gate and l
251. automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK To program your HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button 1 To begin push and hold the 2 outer Homelink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light amp blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons 2 Position the end of the hand held trans mitter 13 inches away from the Homelink surface Instruments and controls 2 69 siae 3 Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held trans miter button DO NOT release the b
252. ay 7 Push the INFO button on the control panel 2 Select an item from the INFO menu 3 After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for the following items Where am I Traffic Info Weather Info Map Update Navigation Vers When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Navigation Version key is displayed after selecting the Others key 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 t s Jes 0 Rame esses 260 i Ee we d sua E a saszseo Fuel Economy information The distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy will be displayed for reference To reset the average fuel economy Avg Fuel Econ select the Reset Fuel Eco key If the Fuel Eco History key is selected the average fuel consumption history will be dis played in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON this section The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle infor mation display This is due to the timing differ ence in updating the information and does not indicate a malfunction
253. be used to select tracks when a track is being played 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Play mode selection The TUNE FOLDER knob will skip from album to album unless it is playing All Songs from the Music Library menu When playing All Songs the knob will change the track instead of the album The upper right comer of the main screen will indicate if the TUNE knob is chang ing by track or album E Play pattern change When the E button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattem can be changed as falows Normal 1 Album Repeat 1 Track Repeat Album Random All Random Normal Tag Track Select Tag Track key on the screen when a track is being played A menu will show the 5 available playlists Select one of the playlists to add the current song to that playlist Ifa playlist is not selectable text is grayed out it means the song already exists in that playlist ol e sas There are some options available by selecting the Menu key on the screen during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Now Playing Displays a track list to choose a preferred track for playback Music Library There are some options available during play back Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necess
254. been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod pen PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will tum on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod Interface Use the INFINITI controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Now Playing Playlists Artists Albums Songs Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle Songs The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available Podcasts Mew retums to the previous screen ll plays pauses the music selected mapp fea on Next Previous Track a Fast Forward Rewind When the oF tea button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is play ing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the 9 ore button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is play Ing the next track or the beginning
255. ble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the INFINIT controler These items can also be adjusted by pushing and tuming the AUDIO knob Speed Sensitive Vol The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol and adjust the effect level with the INFINITI controller The Speed Sensitive Volume function is tumed off when the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed Driver s Audio Stage When this feature is turned to ON better sound will be provided to the driver s position The driver can enjoy a more crisp and clear sound that is specialized for the driver s position The effect of this feature depends on the type of music that is played For some music it may be difficult to realize the effect of this feature DivX Registration Cod The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Display Album Cover Art When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing compressed music files through a CD DVD iPod or MP3 USB memory When the image is not properly em bedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings F
256. brake fluid level is sufficient it may cate low hydraulic pressure in the brake booster Have the brake system checked by an INFINIT retailer promptly Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indica tor When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by an INFINITI retailer promptly See lock Braking System ABS warning light this section A WARNING Your brake system may not be working prop erly if the waming light is on Driving could je dangerous Ifyou judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel ifthe brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI retailer Blind Spot Warning BSW system warning light orange if so equipped Ifthe light comes on in orange and remains on it may indicate that the BSW system is not functioning properly Although the ve
257. c alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli gent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelli gent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the ve hicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retailer The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m the Intelligent Key battery runs down After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies de pending on the environment To securely oper ate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door tock button UMLock button id Power tit gate button qa Panic button 3 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors or the Ut fate ie hazard indicator wil fash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Pre driving checks and
258. cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 3 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Clarion Co td Bluetooth J san2sos ssan2so7 Connecting procedure 1 Push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key 3 A confirmation screen will be displayed Select No Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 DISC AUX button Wien the DISCAUX button is pushed with the 5 emit tne system off and the Bluetooth audio device Doo oowoo connected the system will turn on If another Hac
259. cautions in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modifica tion could affect its performance safety or dura bility and may even violate governmental regu lations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from modification will not be Covered under the INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information forall options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your All information specifications and illustrations in his manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or design at any tine without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AA WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a haz ard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the proce dures must be followed precisely Acaunou This is used to indicate the presence of a haz ard that could cause minor or moderate per sonal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be fol lowed carefully icoss If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen G e Ifyou see a symbol similar to those
260. ce or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI retailer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the ingine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tite Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pres sure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check all 4 tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated ire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please n
261. center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Audiobooks may not play i as they appear on ai An iPod nano Ist Generation may in fast forward or rewind mod connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if itis discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod mano 2nd Generation the same order iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression Teduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more d
262. certain that the mats are properly positioned Appearance and care 7 5 Dei cn saosa Bracket positions The illustration shows the location of the floor mat brackets 7 6 Appearance and care SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu tion Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats Seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat bells since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing
263. ch item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warran ties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Soft ware or Gracenote Servers will be uninter rupted Gracenote is not obl you with new enhanced or ad or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM ITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT ABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technol ogy and related content delivery For more information please visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2009 Grace
264. changing When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in creasing When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound in the follow ing cases When your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly When the accelerator pedal is depressed overriding the system sspozesal NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may de tect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also de tect reflectors on narrow roads or in road con struction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condi tion for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled When the vehicle speed falls below approxi mately 15 MPH 24 km h When the system judges the vehicle is at a sta
265. cks and adjustments 3 31 Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec fonds push the gj button on the intel gent Key Ifthe indicator light blinks the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and then push the gj button on the Intelli gent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the SET switch Ifthe main memory has not been stored the indicator light wil come on for approximately 0 5 second When the memory has stored in position the cator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments this case reset the desired position using the previous procedure if optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle the memory storage procedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelli gent Key For additional Intelligent Key infor mation see KEYS earlier in this section Selecting
266. cle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart earlier in this section Technical and consumer information 9 23 Acaunon Do not use axle mounted hitches Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system etc Donotattach any additional hitches to your vehicle because a hitch is already mounted to your vehicle frame Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications Safety chains Always use a suitable chain between your ve hicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch mot to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners 9 24 Technical and consumer information Trailer lights Your vehicle is equipped with a towing package which also includes the 7 pin trailer harness connector located under the trailer hitch cover on the rear bumper Acaunou When splicing into the vehicle electrical sys tem a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source
267. cles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the bat tery when jump starting Donotattemptto jumpstarta frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cool ing fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada Incase of emergency 6 11 A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging System and cause personal injury 1 Remove the engine compartment cover if necessary See ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS in the B Mainte nance and do it yourself section 6 2 Incase of emergency 2 Ifthe booster battery isin another vehicle 8 position the two vehicles and B to bring their batteries into cose proxim ity to each other Do nat allow the two vehicles to touch 3 Apply parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc 4 Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explo sion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrate
268. completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The Homelink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the Homelink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed Instruments and controls 2 71 IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owners Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retaller of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Op eration is subject to the following two condi tions This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including in terference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modi fications not ex
269. conditioner con trol panel when the rear air conditioner screen is displayed To adjust the front air conditioning system push the REAR button one more time Automatic operation 1 Push the AUTO button The AUTO inc cator light will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display 2 Turn the temperature control dial driver s side to set the desired temperature Manual operation Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature Fan speed control Push the fan speed control 8 button or g button to manually control the fan speed Airflow control Push the MODE button to change the air flow mode Naf The air outlet is fixed at foot level Sod The air outlet is fixed at both the head and foot level zi The air outlet is fixed at the head level Pushing the A C button when the rear auto matic air conditioning system is turned on with the rear air conditioner screen displayed will also turn off the rear automatic air conditioning system Rear Heating A C off 1 Push the REAR button to display the rear air conditioner screen on the front display when the rear automatic air conditioning system is on 2 Switch the air flow mode to Naf by pushing the MODE button 3 Push the AUTO button The AUTO in cator light will illuminate and AUTO wil appear on the display 4 Ifthe A C indicator light illuminat
270. conditions a beep wil sound and the LDP system will be canceled automatically The LOP ON indicator light will blink in green and the LDP system cannot be activated When the VDC system except TCS function or ABS operates When the VDC system is turned off When the SNOW mode switch is turned on When the AWD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L positon Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist turn off the LDP system by pushing the dynamic driver assistance switch Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the LDP system back on 528 Starting and driving Temporary disabled status at high temperature If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions over approxi mately 104 F 40 C and then the LDP system is turned on the LDP system may be deactivated automatically The lane departure warning light orange will When the interior temperature is reduced turn off the LDP system by pushing the dynamic driver assistance switch Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the LDP system back on Lane camera unit maintenance The lane camera unit for the LOW LDP system is located inside the map light cover To keep the proper operation of the LOW LOP systems and prevent a system malfunction be sure to observe the following Always keep the windshield clean Do not attach a sticker including t
271. could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury LOADING TIPS The GYW must not exceed GVWR or GAVR as specified on the FM V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR 9 16 Technical and consumer information A WARNING Property secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks Ina sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your ve hicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can cause unsafe vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire failure which could Tesult in a serious accident and per sonal injury Failures caused by over loading are not covered by the vehi cle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The
272. cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be Checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see an INFINITI retailer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs ad justed see an INFINIT retailer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as Seat adjusters seatback
273. cs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion EN Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory Never touch the terminal portion of the USB memory Do mot place heavy objects on the USB memory Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations Do not expose the USB memory to sunlight Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details lect sans 1 Audio source switch 2 Menu control switch 3 Back switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO Menu control switch While the display is showing a MAP STATUS or Audio screen til the switch upward or down ward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down Monitor climat for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset station Tilting up down for more than 15 second
274. ct to interference as they travel from transmit ter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio Alaska Hawaii and Guam performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer
275. d Ifthe battery is disconnected or discharged the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned Supply power using jumper cables before pushing theignition switch and dise gaging the steering lock Acaunou Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground as illus trated not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that clamps do not contact any other metal j Start the engine of the booster vehicle 8 and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle amp at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started B Acaunon Donot keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again 8 After starting your engine carefully dis connect the negative cable and then the positive cable 9 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 10 Put the battery cover on PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing A CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage Three way catalyst equ
276. d on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on when brak ing is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard or felt This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle Starting and driving 5 51 When a vehicle is no longer detected under approximately 15 MPH 24 km h the system will be cancelled 5 52 Starting and driving sonos another vehicle the set vehicle speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released will return to the previously set Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate
277. d etc When driving on slippery roads such as on ice or snow ee When driving off road such as on sand or rock ec When driving on winding oruneven roads When there is a lane closure due to road repairs When driving in a makeshift lane When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow When driving without normal tire condi tions for example tire wear low tire pressure installation of spare tire tire chains non standard wheels When the vehicle is equipped with non original brake parts or suspension parts When towing a trailer or other vehicle Ifthe LDP system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will iluminate Mf the lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe loca tion and stop the vehicle Tum the engine off and restart the engine if the warning light orange continues to illuminate have the LDP system checked by an INFINITI retailer Excessive noise will interfere with the warn ing chime sound and the chime may not be heard The functions of the LDP system waming and brake control assist may or may not operate properly under the following conditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers or lane markers covered w
278. d Restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is sald that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section HEADREST A WARNING The adjustable headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the headrests prop erly as specified in this section Check the ad justment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the adjustable headrest stalks or remove the adjustable headrests Do not use the seat if the adjustable headrests have been removed If the headrest was re moved reinstall and properly adjust the head rest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the adjustable headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system C Taiwan I am l paml LT a illustration shows the seating positi ped with adjustable headrests indicates the seating position is equipped with an adjustable or removable headrest
279. d no cables are necessary The headphones can only be used in the rear seat Power ON OFF Push the power ON OFF button to turn the headphones on or off Volume control Tum the volume control knob to adjust the volume The headphones will automatically turn off in about 4 minutes if there is no sound during that period The headphones will also tum off after approximately 4 hours of continuous use To prevent the battery from being discharged keep the power turned off when not in use If the sound from the headphones is not clear it may be due to interference from an infrared communication device or a cellular phone If this happens turn down the headphone volume or stop using the headphones Itis also possible that the headphones may be too far from the transmitter which is in the rear display screen This is not a malfunction The sound may also be interrupted temporarily when there is an obstacle between the head phones and the transmitter Remove the ob stacle such as opaque materials hands hair etc Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 saxso7s Channel change When the rear displays are playing different sources slide the channel select switch to select the sound A ch is the sound on the left display B ch is the sound on the right display o al c a 3 is Ls 5 xr goeeel Tie oo sess tO
280. d on without the warning chime sound this light indicates that the system control is temporarily unavailable When the IBA off indicator light illuminates with the warning chime sound while the IBA system is tumed on this light indicates that the system may not be functioning properly Park the ve hicle in a safe place Check to see if the laser sensor is clean Turn the engine off then restart the engine If the IBA off indicator light illuminates after following the procedures above it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal condi tions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer See INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion fay Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON indicator light green if so equipped The light comes on in green when the Lane Departure Prevention LDP system is tumed on The light tums off when the system is turned off NOTE This light is common with the lane departure waring light orange See Lane departure warning light earlier in this section For more details see LANE DEPARTURE WARN ING LDW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Low beam indicator light EX The light illuminates when the front park side marker tail and license plate lights are on SNE Malfunction Indicator Light SET MD If the malfunction in
281. d restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 NI Sey sssms sssosso S550650 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor at tachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tighten ing the webbing of the anchor attach ments 136 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear acing step 4 4 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child re straint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place Ifthe restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different chi restraint or try installing by using the v hicle seat belt f applicable Not all chil restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sur
282. d sow P 18 1 Side ventilator P 4 30 5 Center multi function control panel V Heated steering wheel switch P 2 43 2 Meters and gauges P 25 T ds EOE 18 Power outlet P 2 52 3 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 43 buttons P 4 7 19 Front passenger air bag status light 4 Center ventilator P 4 30 prn 20 Cup holder P 2 54 0 8 Illustrated table of contents METERS AND GAUGES 21 Automatic climate control system E 4 31 22 Audio system P 4 40 23 Glove box P 257 if so equipped Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 1 Tachometer P 2 7 5 Voltmeter P 2 9 2 Warning Indicator lights P 2 10 6 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 3 Speedometer P 2 6 in trip odometer P 2 21 Engine coolant temperature gauge 7 Engine ail pressure gauge P 2 8 9 22 8 Fuel gauge P 2 8 IMlustrated table of contents 0 9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT sposss VK56VD ENGINE 1 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 2 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 21 3 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 0 10 Illustrated table of contents Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 12 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 21 Battery P 8 15 9 Radiator filler cap P 8 7 710 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 11 Drive belts P 8 17 12 Air cleaner P 8 18 WARNI
283. d the ignition switch is in the ON position Pull the windshield washer switch toward you The headlight washer operates with the wind shield washer operation This operation acti vates once each time either the ignition switch or the headlight switch is turned off and on After the first operation the headlight washer operates once at every fifth operation of the windshield washer caution Do not operate the washer continuously for longer than 30 seconds Do not operate the headlight washer if the window washer fluid reservoir is empty BRIGHTNESS MAX BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS MIN scam Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is operated the dot matrix liquid crystal display switches to the brightness adjustment mode Push the upper switch to brighten the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the maximum bright ness MAX appears on the display Push the lower switch to dim the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the minimum brightness MIN appears on the display 3 However MIN does not appear during the nighttime Instruments and controls 2 41 The dot matrix liquid crystal display retums to the normal display under the following condi
284. de 4WD system provides 3 positions AUTO 4HI and 410 so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving conditions AWD shift procedure LO tates DEPRESS AND TURN THE AWD SHIFT SVATCH BETWEEN 4r AND AL C3 EE mmm pd ove oe AWD si ton ten AUTO N p SRY Rew vest ot The AD ahit rat inde at ERS ms there st poster engage IPIS NOT NECESSARY TO ONE HE auro N NEUTRAL POSTON N THS PERFORM THS OPERATION WHEN inten fani Deane STRAIT AEN oN DEI reason alector ever to mechanical parking ack which the N Nevara positon EI hia t ison ie voht toro 3 Dope anu ha AW eb ich any tier ent siut ar wath hor bake pente n Nes CA 55 terrae YOU CANNOT MOVE HE awo SHIFT SWYGH BETWEEN at AND a UNLESS AZAN YOU ARST STOP THE VEHICLE DEPRESS X Fass wont nau ponar Te FOOT BRAKE PEDAL AND SHIFT THE TRANSMISSION SELFGTOR NER TO m 410 TEE N NEUTRAL POSITION THEN ssonoo 1 The 4LO and AH indicator may flash alternately Stop the ve Then the indicator will illuminate or turn off and be sure to turn the AWD shift switch after the transmission selector lever has been shifted to the N Neutral position If the indicator keeps flashing after the AWD shift procedure drive slowly without abrupt maneuvers for a while Avoid making a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to the
285. de warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF get out ofthe vehicle continuously position position The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 The ignition switch is in the ACC or Push the ignition switch to the OFF times and the inside warning chime ON position position sounds for a few seconds The SHIFT P warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC or Move the selector lever to the P When closing the door ater getting out of the vehicle display and the outside chime OFF positon and the selector lever 1s Par postion and push the Ignition Sounds ontimuousiy nat in the P Par poston Switch the OFF poston Wen dosing the door with hein The outside chime sounds Tar a few Te Inteligent Key is inside the ve Carry the Inteligent Key wit you Side lock knob tumed to LOCK seconde and all the doors unlace nicle or luggage rom When pushing the request switch or The ntaligent Key is side te cer ine natan ky wh ou the LOCK button on the Intet Te Outside chime sounds for afew yenice y Phe eo Key kth yot lent Key ack he door P A dori ot closed sense Cose the door secure Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Symptom Possible cause Action to take When pushing the door handle re The outside chime sounds for a few The Intelligent Key is inside the ve Carry the Intelligent Key with you
286. desired sions Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the ACC OFF and LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position Instruments and controls 2 31 Ifthe light stillremains on and or the engine will in INFINITI retailer for INFINITI Ve ice as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting an INFINITI retailer for Instruments and controls 232 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AA WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the window and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the window with the defroster before you wash the window Acaunou Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tankis empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with wa ter to th
287. dicator light comes on or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuelfiller cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filer cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the BE light should tum off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists jht remains on for 20 seconds 10 seconds when the is not running it indicates that the vehicle is mot ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE 1 M TEST in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fue iler cap ifthe LOOSE FUEL CAP waming if so equipped appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal play If the fuel filler cap is loose or mi tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The light should tum off after a few driving ips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to th
288. displayed When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pres sure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and tum off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE waming if so equipped is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY later in this section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 S
289. ditioning system on AUTO mode on MODE button Rear air flow control change TEMP button Rear temperature control up down sanaos OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and out side air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sensors and 8 located on the instru ment panel help maintain a constant tempera ture Do not put anything on or around the IN CABIN MICROFILTER Models without Advanced Climate Control Sys tem The climate control system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Mainte nance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI retailer The filter should be replaced if air flow is ex tremely decreased or when windows fog up eas ily when operating heater or air conditioning system Models with Advanced Climate Control System The climate control system is equipped with a natural grape seed polyphenol filter which col lects and neutralizes dirt pollen dust etc To make sure that the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filt
290. do not have to use a vehicle seat the child restraint Check your compatible with LATCH This also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer formation may Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 S550644 sss1oss sssw73 LATCH rigid attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT later in this section for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint 2nd row captain s seat 2nd row bench seat 134 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ard row bench seat TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint re quires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point A WARNING In the 3rd row bench seat a child restraint with a top tether strap can only be used in the center position Do not place in an out board seating position and attempt to angle the tether strap to the center position Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstances are they to be used
291. e the surrounding noises traffic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural conversational voice with out pausing between words ifthe air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK w amp steering wheel switch located on the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Bf 05s 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Naviga tion Information Audio or Helia 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to n6 speak a command B a Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Les Practice earlier in this section A Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds Until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key can display the detailed information of the each command 4 110 Monitor Operating tips Say a command after the tone Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Ple
292. e Assist BA off indicator light Intelligent Brake Assist BA system Intelligent cruise control ICC system gt Main switch indicator Inteligent Cruise Control EC sen warning light Intelligent Key Intelligent Key system Battery replacement Key operating range Key operation Warning tight E iu Warning signals Intelligent Key warning light Interior light control switch gt Interior light replacement Interior lights iPod player operation ISOFIX child restraint D Jump starting en K Keyless entry 38 For inieitizent key system 36 L Labels Air bag warning labels sess Air conditioner specification label gt gt 92 Emission control information label 9 Engine serial number i930 om Tire and Loading information label 22 831941 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 Lane Departure Prevention LDP ON Indicator light gt gt scs ndi 10 4 Lane Departure Prevention LDP system 524 Lane departure warning LDW system 5 20 lans Departure OD system 520 Lane departure warning light iru LATCH system 132 License plate Intating front license plate 9a0 Lift gate ie Light Air bag warning light E Bulb replacement 7826 Cargo light EC Fog light switch 242 Headlight switch gt MM Headlights bulb replacement 11827
293. e ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the ICC system warning iht orange will come on and the CLEAN ENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place tur the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again CRUISE CRUISE sspo979 Condition When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again IF it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the ICC system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is stil driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Sensor maintenance The sensor for the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do mot touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction ifthe sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an IN
294. e and Main tenance Guide for more details If the cooling system requires coolant fre quently have it checked by an INFINITI retailer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by an INFINIT retailer The service pro cedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating A WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot Never remove the radiator cap or coolant res ervoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Tum off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes forthe ollto drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 1 If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap
295. e backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position The driver s seat will not return to the previous positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch is operated when the seat is at the exit position Cancel or activate entry exit function The selector lever must be in the P Park n with the ignition switch in the OFF The entry exit function can be activated or canceled by pressing and holding the SET witch for more than 10 seconds The indicator lights on the memory switches 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the function is activated Note that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 sec fonds while holding the SET switch This cates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry exit function The entry exit function can also be activated or canceled ifthe Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key or Slide Driver Seat Back on Ext key is turned to ON or OFF in the Comfort settings See VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the A Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition Systems section Initialize entry
296. e brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if necessary The detection range of the sensor is approxi mately 390 ft 120 m ahead A WARNING This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance ice Itis the driver s responsibllityto stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect the follow ing objects Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane A WARNING As there is a performance limit to the dis tance control function never rely solely on the Distance Control Assist system This system does not correct careless inatten tive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad Weather Decelerate the vehicle speed by de pressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the sur rounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not function properly under the allowing conditions To avoid accidents never use the Distance Control Assist sys tem under the following conditions On roads with sharp curves On
297. e manufacturer s recommended lev els before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the win dow washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted the wiper may stop moving to r If this occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms In approximately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper Scusa The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed D AUTO operates the rain sensing auto wiper system See RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM later in this section LO continuous low speed operation HI continuous high speed operation Mist one sweep operation of the wiper WASHER OPERATION To operate the washer pull the lever toward the back of the vehicle 5 until the desired amount of washer fluid is spread on the windshield The wiper will automatically operate several times The headlight washer f so equipped wil also operate with operation of the windshield washer See HEADLIGHT WASHER later in this section Wiper drip wipe system The wiper will also operate once about 3 sec onds after the washer and wiper are operated This operation is to wipe washer fluid that ha
298. e mare than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as neces sary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS A WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose e injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision When installing a child restraint system in the 3rd center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching 3rd row center seat belt earlier in this section ssocan Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child res
299. e of your surroundings and park in secure welllit areas whenever pos sible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification mark ers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft pro tection features 2 30 Instruments and controls Sicaoas How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion B 4 Close all doors hood and lift gate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request Switch power door lock switch or me chanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The ve hicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle secu rity system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 sec onds If during this 30 second pre arm ime period the door is unlocked or the n switch is pushed to ACC or ON igni the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in system will activate with all Vd lift gate locked with the igni je LOCK positio
300. e only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Em Moving to a steep uphill When moving the vehicle up a guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 0 m to the 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems place QD but the actual 3 ft 1 0 m distance on the hills the place Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it appears Moving to a steep downhill When moving the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 40 m to the place but the actual 3 ft 10 m distance on the hills the place QD Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it appears EN Moving near a projecting object ictive course lines amp do not touch the in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual moving course Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 smaoss Moving closer to a projecting object The position is shown further
301. e operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Load ing beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other ve hicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet soi2ase Tire and Loading Information label Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory O Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile L6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR O Tire size see TIRE LABELING later in
302. e recognition systems Audio Choose the preferred language using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Subtitle DVD VIDEO Choose the preferred language using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button To turn off the subtitles push and hold the ENTER button until a beep sounds Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Choose from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema mode using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button again Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode using the INRNITI controller and push the ENTER button Remote controller operation Use the remote controller to adjust the follow ing items Rear display ON OFF The rear displays can be activated or deacti vated individually To activate or deactivate the rear displays push the preferred side L or R of the ON OFF button on the remote controller tick amp to select the items displayed on the rear screen ENTER button Push the ENTER button to make the selected item complete on the rear screen BACK button Push to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection DVD mode To select the DVD mode push the DVD button AUX mode The AUX auxiliary input jacks modes can be activated or deactivated individually To acti vate the AUX mode push the preferred side L or R of the AUX button Push the AUX button again and deactivate the AUX mode and display another mode Vol
303. e retailer Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer Instruments and controls 2 19 Acaunou Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and re as n could lead to poor drive ability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Eg Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF and LOCK position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see SECURITY SYSTEMS later in this section BNow SNOW mode indicator light NOW mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate See SNOW MODE in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 20 Instruments and controls TOW TOW mode indicator light
304. e seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engag Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear facing step 3 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt re tractor is in the Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retrac tor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Sesss sssoss sssosse Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Rearfacing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear acing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the re straint is not secure tighten
305. e shoulder belt anchor into position A WARNING After adjustment release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is se curely fied in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position itis not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approxi mately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI retailer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 A VIARNING Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seatbelts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts Adults and children who can use the stan dard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in seri fous personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not se cured property the child could be serious
306. e surrounding view of the vehicle e Front Side View The view around and ahead of the front passenger s side wheel Font View The view to the front of the vehicle Rearview The view to the rear of the vehicle Rear Wide View An approximately 180 degree view of the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking saxsr60 There are some areas where the system will not detect objects When in the front or the rearview display an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be detected 1 When in the Bird aya ie o tall object naar the seam of tha camera detecting areas will not appear in the monitor Q Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 A VIARNING The Around View Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where ob jects cannot be viewed Always look out the windows and check to be sure that itis safe tomovebefore operating the vehicle Always operate the vehicle slowly Do notuse the Around View Monitor with the outside mirror in the stored position and make sure that the Uft gate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around View Monitor The distance between objects viewed on the Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance The cameras are installed above
307. e switch it is not possible to display different video files such as DVD or video files in the USB memory on the front and rear displays at the same time models with navigation sys ten tis not possible to play an audio file and a video file in the same USB memory at the same time models with navigation system Multiple source display It is possible to play different sources on each display The following example shows how to operate multiple sources 1 Display a video file in the front display by selecting the DVD mode 2 Push the L side on the power ON OFF button on the remote controller The left rear display comes on and the DVD screen will be displayed 3 Push the R side on the power ON OFF button on the remote controller The right rear display comes on and the DVD screen will be displayed 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Switch the source on the front display to an audio source The sound from the Speakers switches according to the front display The rear display continues to display the DVD Tum on a pair of headphones and listen to the DVD on the rear displays using the headphones Connect an auxiliary device into the AUX jacks and push the AUX D or AUX R button on the remote controller The se lected side of the rear display turns to the AUX mode The other rear display co ues to display the DVD Tum on the other pair of headphones
308. e the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 sssoo REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AA WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being property secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision When installing a child restraint system in the 3rd center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Attaching 3rd row center seat belt earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 sssonoo Sssoesa sssoess Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the CHILD SAFETY earlier in this section and CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section be fore installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturers in structions Rear facing step 2 2 Route th
309. e the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch re ceiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many vehicles cannot carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle A weight distributing hitch system Class IN is recommended if you
310. e to 2 Put the fuelfiller cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fueb filler cap straight into the fuelfiller tube 2 Tum the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard LOOSE FUEL CAP warning if so equipped The LOOSE FUEL CAP waring appears on the dot matri liquid crystal display when the fuel filer cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the warning to be displayed To tum off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuetfiller cap as soon as possible See FUEL ILLER CAP earlier in this section 2 Tighten the fuebfiller cap until it clicks 3 Push the switch on the right side of the combination meter panel for longer than 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel cap Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING A WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unre strained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from theair bag ifyou a
311. e vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or trafic conditions gradu ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at high way speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main taining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See WHEELS AND TIRES in the amp Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Ifa tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic A WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the fat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes Donotrapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly tur the steering
312. earview and bird eye view B are displayed The Around View Monitor screen switches to the previous screen when the selector is shifted out of the R Reverse position The view on the screen on the passenger s side switches to the front side view when the CAMERA button is pushed When the CAMERA button is pushed again the rear wide view is displayed When the CAMERA button is pushed again C the view on the screen on the passengers side Switches to the bird eye view b Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 screen returns to an the same procedures Te passengers other hy opera api When selecting the Wide Side or Top key on the screen using he INFINI contol ler and pushing the ENTER button the view ante deren Sl changa te the ne PINE ously selected O O Once you have changed the view on the screen on the passenger s side the view on the driver s side will change to the front view by shifting the selector lever out of the R Reverse position When the selector lever is moved to any other position than the R Reverse position while the rear wide view B is displayed another view that is set to a higher priority will be displayed 69 Starting with the CAMERA button operation When the CAMERA button is pushed while another screen B is displayed Around View Monitor operates and the front view and bird eye view
313. ecreational vehicle such as a motor home Acaunou Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle DO NOT tow any automatic transmission ve hicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmis sion lubrication DO NOT tow an Four Wheel Drive 4WD ve hice with any of the wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain For emergency towing procedures refer to TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI in the 6 in case of emergency section of this manual 9 28 Technical and consumer information Automatic Transmission Four Wheel Drive 4WD model Do not tow a AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Two Wheel Drive 2WD models To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR
314. ed itshould contain no morethan 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 tfamethanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suit able amount of appropriate cosolvents and inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and con sion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle mance problems AL this time su Gent data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experi iced after using oxygenate blend fuels imme iately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling jasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do mot use 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govem ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black abel withthe common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster
315. ed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Technical and consumer information 9 5 smosos 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure sat isfactory engine life and performance see CA AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRI CANTS earlier in this section INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conserving cil in order to improve fuel economy 9 6 Technical and consumer information Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE viscos ity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when
316. eed to have your vehicle towed unless it remains on but have it inspected soon by an INAN retailer See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AU DIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section dA WARNING Overheating can result im reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance ofa collision Be especially Careful when driving if the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to ool and retur to normal operation See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 Incase of emergency section AA CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pres sure warning light on could cause serious dam age to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn ofthe engine as soon as it is safe to do so AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the
317. eel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the sameas ambient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abra sive chrome polish to maintain the finish 7 4 Appearance and care TIRE DRESSING INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber Ifa tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire hile driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte rior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened i
318. ehicle in the following understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control ofthe vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the VDC war ing light f in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light amp illuminates in the instru ment panel The VDC system automatically turns off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates t the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The VDC waming light S flashes if this occurs All other VDC nctions are off and the VDC warning light JR wil not flash The VDC system is auto matically reset to on when the ignition switch is
319. el moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the pre vious position Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit When this item is turned to ON the driver s seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the driver s seat moves to the previous position Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return all settings to the default 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CIE Clock settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Clock key On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS sys tem Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour m Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving
320. elected manu ally by moving the selector lever up or down When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side The transmission shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode retum the selector lever to the D Drive position The transmission retums to the normal driving mode In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift anges up or down one by one as follows M Ma a Mg ae Ma A M7 Th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds 6 6th and 5 sth Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes M4 Cath 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades ast slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel economy Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succes Starting and driving 5 17 Inthe manual shift mode the transmission may not shift to the selected gear This helps tain driving performance and reduces ve chance of vehicle damage or loss of con trol
321. elf 8 11 POWER STEERING FLUID aS GA s2 To w J o o o sowesal Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range D HOT MAX HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range COLD MAX COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Acaunou Do not overfill Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid specification information See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section of this manual AA WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contaminated fluid may dam age the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake andaf fect the vehicle s stopping ability Be sure to clean the filler cap before removing Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Acaunou Do not add brake fluid with the ignition switch in the ON position or the engine Tunning Doing so could make the brake fluid overfill when the ignition switch is turned oft Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This
322. em is set the DCA system will be can celled Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and DCA system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance The chime sounds The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is creasing When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly sspozesal NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the sensor de tects some reflectors which are fitted on ve hicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the DCA system to operate inap propriately The sensor may detect these reflec tors when the vehicleis driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the
323. en towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR should not exceed the value specified in ihe following Towing Load Specification chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle han dling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Technical and consumer information 9 17 Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can af fect engine performance and cause overheat ing The transmission high fluid temperature and engine protection mode which helps re duce the chance of transmission and engine damage could activate and automatically de crease engine power Vehicle speed may de crease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions A VIARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The
324. enger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that de tect if the seat belts are fastened The Ad vanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then in flates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors weight sen sors that tur the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside wheel Placing them insid steering steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the front air bag inflates 550006 5550009 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sssonoo A WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or ex tend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air curtain and rollover ai are not properly Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Even with the INFINITI
325. engine oil level Engine oil bs Engine oil pressure gauge gt Engine oil viscosity d Oil filter replacement indicator Operation Indicators for operation gt Outside air temperature Outside mirrors Overheat If your vehicle overheats Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 932 P Panic alarm 36 Parking Brake breal Parking brake operation y Parking on hills M 592 Phone Bluetooth Hands re Phone System gt 496 Car phone or CB radio Pocket 258 Power Front seat adjustment Power door lock Power outlet sisse sess 252 Power steering fuid liem Power steering system ECT Power windows xe Precautions Audio operation E Braking precautions E Child restraints M Cruise control lex Driving safety Is Lane departure warning LOW sem 20 Maintenance gt Ies On pavement and offroad divin lll 6 Seat belt usage C Supplemental restraint system 150 When starting and driving gt gt 52 Preview function 7i review Function warning LE 21246 Push starting 1613 Push button ignition switch gt 510 R Radio 440 Car phone or CB radio 495 FANSAT radio with Copaci D bise cb player ET Rain sensing auto wiper system gt gt 233 Rapid air pressure loss gt 57 Readiness for specto maintenance 3 fabis een Rear door lock Child safety rea
326. engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition Switch be sure to move the selector lever to the P Park position OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The operating range for starting the engine inside the vehicle is shown in the illustra tion If the Intelligent Key is on the instrument panel cargo area inside the glove box or door pocket or the corner of interior com partment it may not be possible to start the engine Ifthe Intelligent Key is near the door or door glass outside the vehicle it may be possible to start the engine sspiozi When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change as follows Push center once to change to ACC Push center two times to change to ON Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates Push center four times to return to ACC Open or close any door to retum to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition switch is equipped with an anti theft steering lock device The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the selector lever is moved
327. ensors Consult an INFINITI retailer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision Radio frequency statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 310 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause harmful inter ference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Frequency of operation 24 05GHz 24 25GHz Field Strength Not greater than 25V m peak 0 25V m average at a distance of 3 m The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment Such modifi cations could void the user s authority to oper ate the equipment CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL Ifthe cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The CRUISE indica tor light on the meter panel will then blink to warn the driver Ifthe engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled automatically IF the CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer The CRUISE indicator light may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control sy
328. ent or translucent plastic bag etc the system may 5 82 Starting and driving not detect them In these instances the sys tem may not be able to warn the driver prop eriy Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly Excessive noise will interfere with the va ing chime sound and the chime may not be heard A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front Le it abruptly cuts in may not be detected the system may not wam the driver soon enough The system will be cancelled automatically with a beep sound and the IBA warning light will illuminate under the following conditions When the sensor window is dirty When the system malfunctions If the IBA OFF indicator light illuminates with a beep sound pull off the road to a safe location stop the vehicle and tum the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is dirty If the sensor window is dirty clean it with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the sensor window is mot dirty restart the engine If the IBA OFF inues to illuminate even if the IBA system is turned on have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer IBA system operation The IBA system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 10 MPH 15 km h or above and when the vehicle s speed is approximately 10 MPH 15 km h faster than that of the vehicle ahead To turn the system off or on push and hold the IBA OFF switch B l
329. ental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain and Tollover air bags and pretensioners are de signed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supple mental air bag warning light will remain illumi nated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI retailer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 164 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING Once a front airbag side air ba and rollover air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the activated preten sioner must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by an INFINITI retailer The air bag module and pretensioner system cannot be repaired The front ai
330. ention LDP ON indicator light green Low beam indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light SNOW mode indicator light CRUISE Distance Control Assist DCA system AFS Adaptive Front lighting System AFS TOW mode indicator light warning light orange O indicator light TOW Sy Engine oil pressure warning light 1 Automatic transmission position indica Tum signal hazard indicator lights ev tor light Four Wheel Drive 4WD warning tight CK Check suspension indicator light SB Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indi AWD modes suse E cator light 2 if so equipped 2 10 Instruments and controls CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on i so equipped ights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped 2 2 ABs or O ik amp 0 8 m BIA If any light does not come on it may indicate a bumed out bulb or an open circuit in the elec trical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Some indicators and warnings are also dis played on the dot matrix liquid crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY later in this section WARNING LIGHTS Anti lock Braking System ABS ass warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON po
331. er in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI retailer The filter should be replaced if the air flow de creases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditione climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for climate can trol system refrigerant and lubricant recommen dations Your INFINITI retailer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate control sys tem AA WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air con ditioner service should be done only by an ex perienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition swi
332. er returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Monitor cli mate audio phone and voice recognition systems section OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close all door windows To open the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key See REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM later in this section To close the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key EAM LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position CD To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position D Be sure notto leavethe Intelligent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are lo cated on the driver s
333. eration of the TPMS Instruments and controls 2 15 dA CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly Ifthe vehicleis being driven at speeds ofless than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly isin the ON position ig light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door lift gate open warning Loose fuel cap warning if so equipped Check tire pressure warning f so equipped See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY later in this section 2 16 Instruments and controls cRuse Preview Function warning light orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function sys tem If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine then resume drivin If it is not possible to set the system or the Indicator stays on it may indicate that the sys tem is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer KK Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The l
334. error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by the EJECT button and after a short ert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature ofthe player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only AAC MP3 and WMA CD DVD Digital Versatile Disc player Do not force a compact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunl CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment tem perature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round s that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaranteed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact dises CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVDR DVDsR DI Rewritable DVDs DVD4RW DVDsRW DI climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Do not use the followin
335. ery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc 5 42 Starting and driving On off road surfaces such as on sand or rock tc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wipers are operat ing at high speed The system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position When strong light for example at sun rise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the sys tem sensor On steep downhill roads the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and fre quent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it dificult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration 7 When towing a trailer or other vehicle In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the dis tance rom other vehicles using the accelera tor pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section sou VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The vehicleo vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not
336. es push the A C button The A C indicator light will turn oft 5 Turn the temperature control the desired temperature Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Doing so may cause the temperature to not be controlled prop ery To dehumidify the air push the A C button before turing on the heater Air does not blow out from the vents on the ceiling when the system is used for heating to set Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 Turning the system off Push the OFF button when the rear air condi tioner screen is displayed TH 1 2 3 4 OFF button Fan speed control button AUTO button Display 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 MODE button 6 TEMP button Rear control buttons The rear seat passengers can adjust the rear automatic air conditioning system using the control switches at the rear of the center con sole The rear control buttons do not function when the rear air conditioner screen is shown on the front display To activate the rear control but tons push the REAR button on the front air conditioner control panel and switch the screen on the front display OFF button Rear automatic air conditioning system off button Rear fan speed control up down AUTO button Rear automatic air con
337. es your vehicle 5 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is displayed in km h 6 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the ICC system 5 48 Starting and driving CRUISE CRUISE ss00979 PS amp sows When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators come on as i to check for a burned out bulb an when the engine is started Operating vehicle to vehicle distance control mode To tur on the cruise control quickly push and release the MAIN switch on The MAIN Switch indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting ss01053 sonos To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Vehicle ahead detectio tor set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed When the SET COAST switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set and the set vehicle speed indicator will blink for approximately 2 seconds When traveling below 20 MPH 32 km h and a vehicle ahead is not detected When the selector lever Is not in the D or Manual mode When
338. esigned to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur 9 32 Technical and consumer information NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g mame gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer other par ties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this model and prior
339. estrains and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of bei OFF See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensors Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFP it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used
340. etermine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice tum ing stopping and backing up in an area is free from traffic Steering stability and bral ing performance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turs or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have spe speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Technical and consumer information 9 25 Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so Acaunou If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission dam age could occur 1 Ap
341. exists in a group of vehicles it may request that INFINITI conduct a recall campaign How ever Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada s Road Safety Informa tion Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www te ge ca roadsafety English speak er or www c gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers To notify INFINITI of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Informa tion Centre toll free at 1 800 361 4792 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST A vehicle equipped with Four Wheel Drive 4WD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is c
342. exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will not work though this function was set on before In such a case after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times after the ignition switch is turned from the ON position to the LOCK position The entry exit function will be activated e fe SET 1 2 seia7s MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the drivers seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park Position 2 Push the igni tion n switch to the ON po 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering colum and outside mirrors to the desired po tions by manually operating each adjust ing switch For additional information see SEATS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING page 3 26 and OUTSIDE MIRRORS ear lier in this section 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 sec onds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memary switch will stay on for approximately 5 sec onds after pushing the switch If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Pre driving che
343. f the headlights when it is light For US models The headlights will also be tumed on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather when the windshield wiper is operated continuously If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the headlights re main on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 sec nds For automatic headlights off delay setting see it Off Delay in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 38 Instruments and controls sanoca2a ics ure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor controls the autolight ifitis covered the photo sensor reacts asi itis dark and the headlights will illuminate Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral postion as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the SO position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight h beam even when the he
344. fat oot 130 ies ST 6 209 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single station FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is wi strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and re ceiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other result ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around abjects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub je
345. following conditions The transmission is shifted to a forward or reverse gear The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake The maximum holding time is 2 seconds After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely The hill start assist system will not operate when the transmission is shifted to the N Neutral or P Park position or on a flat and level road When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC war ing light illuminates in the meter the hill start assist system will not operate See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE RE MINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section Starting and driving 5 91 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS 7 t e 3 Fi E ge ssp1096mal AA WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flam mable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents 5 92 Starting and driving Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the trans mission be placed in the P Park position Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly
346. for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the head light switch is turned to OFF 2 Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery 3 Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself V sons 5 If the fuse is open 9 replace it with a new fuse B Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the elec trical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts OSs _ 4 sos so12704 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AA CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause afire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the head light switch is turned to OFF Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electri cal system checked and repaired by
347. ft cloth and then perform the settings again Condition When the DCA system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light CRUISE orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Tur the engine off restart the engine and turn on the DCA system again If itis not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the sys tem is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is Stil driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Sensor maintenance How to handle the sensor The sensor for the DCA system is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To handle the sensor see INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM earlier in this section FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM if so equipped The Forward Collision Warning FCW system will warn the driver by a warning light and chime when your vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane The FCW system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 10 MPH 15 km h and above spnoa ssboyus Vehicle ahead detection Indicator Starting and driving 5 75 The FCW system uses the distance sensor located below the front bumper to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead When the system judges that your vehicle Is ge
348. g CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunc tion 34 in 8 em discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prere corded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs if the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted cor rectly he label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc jis may be an error due to the tempera le the player being too ture Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal if the error persists consult your local retailership Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC MAA or Divx type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code B is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD 8 This vehicle installed DVD Player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than T or 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Copyright and tradem
349. g System TPMS see TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Start ing and driving section When the ignition switch is in the ACC posi tion the Tire Pressure key is not displayed Eine OF EL mo EL wes S I SS E 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be displayed for the engine oil oil fiter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the Same steps to set the other maintenance infor mation 1 Set the interval mileage of the mainte nance schedule To determine the recom mended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide 2 To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key 3 Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 4 To retur to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section I
350. g conditions Acaunou Ithe gauge indicates engine coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Ifthe engine is overheated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required Instruments and controls 2 7 Sici FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking tuming acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to 0 Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers 70 Empty Thelowfuelwaming M appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the gauge reaches 0 2 8 Instruments and controls There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 The W indicates that the fueliller door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle Acaunou If the vehicle runs out of fuel the BAF malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the light should turn off If the light remaifis on after a few
351. g light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible cruise Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system IF the warning light comes on park the vehicle ina safe place Tum the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again IF it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the sys tem is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is siildriveableunder normal conditions ave the Vehicle checked at an INFINI retailer 2 14 Instruments and controls HE Intelligent Key warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 sec onds and then turns off This light wams of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine I the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases con tact an INFINITI retailer for repair as soon as possible Lane departure warning light orange if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light will come on in orange turn green and then
352. gine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust Seems unusual or there Is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by an INFINITI retailer See PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it cor rected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rat or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and arou
353. gits or say change number 9 Speak 6 20 0 10 The system announces Dial or Change Number Th Speak Dial 12 The system makes a call to 800 662 6200 Note You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 continu ous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 6 digit grouping is recom mended for improved recognition See How to speak numbers earlier in this section You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International Call command for all other formats Mf you say Change Number during phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a I in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers ifthe system does not recognize your com mand please try repeating the command using a natural voice Speaking too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 Example 2 Placing an international call to the phone number O11 81 111 222 3333 to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help ushthe ALK switc
354. h located on the Steering wheel 3 Speak Phone limate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 118 Monitor s bari ware Dee rz saasies E Saase 2 The system announces Would you like 4 Speak International Call Bul M E eel renee D Peer c p D wes sas susa 5 Speak 011811112223333 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to OT 81 111 22 3333 Note Any digit input format is available in the Inter national Number input process INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alter nate Command Mode is activated When Alternate Command Made is activated an expanded list of commands can be used after pushing the TALK i switch In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See examples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recog nition success rate try using the Speaker Ad aptation Function available in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode later in this section Other wise it i
355. h or pull on the seatback pocket Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9 Ibs kg on the seatback head restraint or in the seatback pocket Do not store cargo behind the seat that can press into the seatback Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 55 Donot position the front passenger seat soit contacts the rear seat Ifthe front seat does contact the rear seat the airbag system may determine a sensor malfunction has oc curred and the front passenger air bag sta tus light may illuminate and the supplemen tal air bag warming light may flash Ma forward facing child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat do not position the front passenger seat so the child re straint contacts the instrument panel Ifthe child restraint does contact the instrument panel the system may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag may de ploy in a collision Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for information about installing and using child restraints Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light Ifyou notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating in accordance with the above description please take your vehicle to your INFINITI retailer to check the passenger seat advanced air bag system Until you have confirmed wi
356. h seats and seat belts The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat using a seat belt properly Acaunou Do not apply a total load of more than 22 ib 10 kg or 7 tb G kg to the hook Instruments and controls 2 59 Sica CARGO FLOOR BOX Push the handle to open the cargo floor board D Remove the strap from the back side of the board and hang it on the opening of the lift gate as shown 2 60 Instruments and controls fee Ul ROOF RACK Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof rack Do not load more than 221 Ib 100 kg on the roof rails Observe the maximum load limit shown on the crossbars or roof carriers when you attach them on the roof rails Contact an INFINITI retailer for crossbar or other equipment information Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the FMLV S S or C V M S S certification label located on the driver s door pillar For more information re garding GVWR and GAWR see VEHICLE LOAD ING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section AA WAR
357. he front seat or near the side rof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some ex amples of dangerous riding postions are shown inthe previous illustrations m sitting in the rear seat do not hold the seatback of the front seat If the side air bags inflates you may be seriously Injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations jo not use seat covers on the front seat backs They may interfere with side air bags inflation sssioss Crash zone sensor Supplemental front impact air bag mod ules INFINITI Advanced Air Bags Roofmounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators 4 Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag modules 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags 6 Seat belt pre tensioners 7 Satellite sensors 8 Buckle pretensioners 9 Diagnosis sensor unit 10 Occupant classification sensors weight sensors TI Occupant classification system control unit INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats A WARNING To ensure proper operation of the passenger s advanced air bag system please observe the following items Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to pus
358. he keypad of the remote controler LIT ac Angie et I F002 00 12 28 ui SaaS Setting keys Select the Settings key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button to adjust the following settings The items indicated with can also be set from the rear display Push the DVD button n the remote controller while a DVD is being played Select the preferred item using the Joystick 3 on the remote controller and push the ENTER C button Key DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed Bp Move the cursor to select a DVD Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen Ap Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu front Menu rear DVD VIDEO Menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions attached to the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 Title Search DVD VIDEO A scene that belongs to a specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA Select the 10 Key Search key and push the ENTER button to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK key with the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTE
359. he battery to flames or elec trical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by thebatteryis explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands ifthe acid con tacts your eyes skin or clothing immedi ately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can gener ate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related acces sories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out ofthe reach of children Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be es the UPPER LEVEL Y and LOWER LEVEL If itis necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 sonasoc 1 Remove the cell plugs O 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition ind
360. he counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical con dition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your INFINIT is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep water or mud as your INFINITI is mainly de signed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road vehicle Remember that Two Wheel Drive 2WD models are less capable than Four Wheel Drive 4WD models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow mud or the like Please observe the following precautions A WARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driv ing over rough terrain Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive elther straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over side ways much more easily than they can for ward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall Ifyou drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Donot shift ranges while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the
361. he names being confused with a new name Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Stan dard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and an nounced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE later in this section for details For advanced operation you can use the Alter nate Command Mode See INFINITI VOICE REC COGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE later in this section for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available Commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alterate Command Mode
362. he pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT AA WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this ve hicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious inju ries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be up right Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 5550292 Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See SEATS earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac tor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and al lows you some freedom of movement in the seat 4 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt
363. he priority to CDDB Compact Disc Data Base to acquire track information from the Gracenote Database or set the priority to CD TEKT to acquire the information from CD Automatic Recording for CD When this item is turned to ON the Music Box automatically starts recording when a CD is inserted Recording Quality for CD The larger number 132 will increase the recorded sound quality while taking up more space on the Music Box leaving less room for more songs For the details of Mus BOX later in this section Box see MUSIC Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Mc Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the or wa button is pushed for more than 15 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed pores When the ori button is pushed for less than L5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played russe REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the mer button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows co Nomad Track Repeat E 1 Die Random a y
364. he steering wheel is pushed when Distance Control Assist is enabled in the settings menu in the center display The DCA system switch indicator on the dot matrix liquid crystal display will illuminate The system will start to operate after the vehicle speed becomes above approximately 3 MPH 5 km h A WARNING When the DCA system is not necessary be sure to tum off the dynamic driver assistance switch Using the system when itis not neces sary may result in an accident How to enable disable the DCA system using the settings menu e 9 Perform the following steps to enable or disable ES the DCA system 1 Push the SETTING button and highlight the Driver Assistance key on the display using the multifunction controller Then Tare Coa ae push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER G but ton fo 5500959 3 Highlight the Distance Control Assist key select ON or OFF and push the ENTER button p E For the LDP system see LANE DEPARTURE Je WARNING LDW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM earlier in this section soma Starting and driving 5 69 ss00996 Under the following conditions the Distance Control Assist system will not operate and the Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator will blink When the SNOW mode is
365. he various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself ones CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emer gency section for tire replacing proce dures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 Nem The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation in terval warning After rotating the tires check and ad just the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet FA mi sonses 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage A VARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If exces sive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indica tors
366. heck the local laws before install ing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear ance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component re quired to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tite chains or cables The mi mum clearances are determined using the fa tory equipped tire size Other types may dam age your vehicle Use chain tensioners when Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with ire chains in such conditions can cause dam age to t
367. hed The light tums off when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light illuminates the ct control system is operational See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 18 Instruments and controls Cruise malfunction If the cruise indicator light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section Front passenger air bag SF status light The front passenger air bag status light Bb Toate onthe itrument pane wil be Ui and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depend ing on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion of this manual High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected IBA Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off indicator light if so equipped The light illuminates when the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system is not operating When the IBA off indicator light illuminates while the system is turne
368. hen it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover 7 2 Appearance and care WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water Acaunou Do not use car washes that use aci detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always checkwith your carwash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong house hold soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become vaater spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other for ign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salf Therefore these areas
369. hen the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the AWD shift switch between 4H anda When driving on rough roads Drive carefully according to the road surface When the vehicle is stuck Place stones or wooden blocks under the tires to free the vehicle Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or AL If it is difficult to free the vehicle repeat forward and backward movement to increase the movement If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud tire chains may be effective Starting and driving 5 87 Acaunon Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 5 88 Starting and driving 4WD SHIFT SWITCH the 4WD shift switch to either the 4H or AL position depending on driving conditions With the switch set to the AUTO posi distribution of torque to the front and rear wheels changes automatically depending on road conditions encountered ratio 0 100 QWD 50 50 4WD This results in improved driving stability IftheAWD shift switch is operated while mak ing a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF posi tion while in the AUTO 4H or AL you may feel jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after making a turn you may feel a
370. hen the engine temperature reaches a certain level The engine coolant temperature gauge will move toward the H position Engine power may be reduced The air conditioning cooling function may be automatically turned OFF for a short time the blower will continue to operate Engine power and under some conditions ve hicle speed will decrease Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed The transmission will downshift or up shift as it reaches prescribed shift points You can also shift manually As driving conditions change and engine cool ant temperature is reduced vehicle speed can be increased using the accelerator pedal and air conditioning cooling function will automati cally be turned back ON D 1 The engine coolant temperature is not reduced 2 The air conditioning cooling function does mot turn back ON 3 The engine oil pressure warning light Ez illuminates or engine coolant tem perature gauge does not return to the normal range from the H position this may indicate a malfunction Move the vehicle off the road to a safe area and allow the engine to cool If after checking the oil and coolant the t remains on or engine coolant temperature does not return to the normal range do not con tinue to drive and contact an INFINITI retailer The Malfunction Indicator Light MID SSF may also come ON You do not n
371. hicle is still driveable have the system checked by an INHNIT retailer See BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is run ning it may indicate the charging system Is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI retailer immediately AA CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing ceruse Distance Control Assist DCA system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Distance Control Assist DCA system If the warning light illuminates park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and tum on the DCA system again If itis not possible to tum on the system or the warning light stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer See DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SYS TEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI retailer o
372. hicle is detected BSW temporarily not available When radar blockage is detected the BSW system will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and the BSW system warn ing light orange will blink The BSW system is not available until the condition no longer exists The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water mist or fog The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors Action to take When the above condition no longer exists the BSW system will resume automaticaly If the warning light orange continues to blink have the BSW system checked by an INFINITI retailer BSW MALFUNCTION When the BSW system malfunctions they will be turned off automatically a beep will sound and the BSW system warning light orange will illuminate Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location tum the engine off and restart the engine If the warning light orange continues to illu minate have the BSW system checked by an INFINITI retailer Sspnoas SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The two radar sensor units 3 for the BSW system is located near the rear bumper Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean Do not attach stickers including transparent mate rial install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors Do not strike or damage the area around the radar s
373. hield when a wiper is frozen to the wind shield When the switch is pushed the indicator light illuminates and the deicer operates for approximately 15 minutes The rear window defroster will activate at the same time After the preset time has passed the deicer will tum aff automaticaly To tum off the deicer manu ally push the deicer switch again and the indicator light tums off 2 36 Instruments and controls Acaunou When operating the deicer continuously Sure to start the engine Otherwise it may cause the battery to discharge When cleaning the inner side ofthe window be careful not to scratch or damage the elec trical conductors on the surface of the window HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS A WARNING nae When xenon headlights areon they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Al ways have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI retailer Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the river ahead of you and cause serious acci lent If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is lly turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the c
374. icates OK and the conditions 2 needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or un der severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see JUMP START ING in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI retailer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM Acaunou Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the ve hicle battery may not charge completely Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator DRIVE BELTS E Power steering fluid pump Water pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor AA WARNING sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The en gine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI retailer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for con dition
375. ications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Informa tion label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at mod erate speeds Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 TPMS also provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure See TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator in the 5 Starting and driv ing section about the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AA WARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The ve hicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information la bel Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsaf
376. icle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this occurs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed Ex t Ey Fa amp ssp0964 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system switch The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steer ing wheel 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incre mentally 2 SET COAST switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 4 DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following distance Long Middle Short 5 MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system CRUISE j CRUISE Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system display and indicators The display is located between the speedom eter and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 3 Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between ve hicles set with the DISTANCE switch Starting and driving 5 47 4 Indicat
377. icle to vehicle distance control mode an Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance ES 2543 Conventional FIXED SPEED cruise control mode Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system equipped model n 562 f so equipped 562 Precautions on distance control assist system 5 63 Distance control assist operation 5 64 Forward Collision Warning FCW system GF so equipped Precautions on FCW system Intelligent brake assist BA system 575 576 f so equipped 580 Precautions on IBA system 580 Break in schedule 5 83 Increasing fuel economy 5 83 INRNITI all mode 4wd if so equipped 5 84 INFINITI all mode 4wd system 5 84 Awd shift switch 5 88 5 89 5 89 Hill start assist system 591 Parking parking on hills 592 Tow mode 5 93 Snow mode Power steering Brake system Braking precautions gt Parking brake break in Brake assist Brake assist Preview function Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models Antilock Braking System ABS Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Cold weather driving Freeing a frozen door lock Antifreeze Battery Draining of coolant water Tire equipment Special winter equipment Driving on snow or ice Engine block heater if so equipped PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING dA W
378. iew will appear visually opposite than when viewed in the rearview and out side mirrors On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predictive course lines and the actual course line If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged the predictive course lines may isplayed incorrectly If this occurs pe the following procedure Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position the pre dicive course lines may be displayed incorrectly The displayed lines on the rearview will ap pear slightly off to the right because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear center ofthe vehicle Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 NOTE When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the neutral postion both the ightand left predictive course nes are displayed When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more a line is displayed only on the opposite Side ofthe tum V tel Pal aa J E Bird eye view The bird eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predicted course to a parking Space The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle Note that the size of the vehicle icon on the bird eye view may differ somewhat fr
379. ift gate opener switch 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Power lft gate switch Instrument panel 5Pa2796 Lift gate opener switch Power lift gate switch Lift gate Power open When the lift gate is fully closed the lit gate willfully open automatically by pushing the power lit gate switch on the Instrument panel pushing the it gate opener switch pushing the power lift gate button on the fteligent Key for more than 1 second The hazard lashes 4 times and the outside Chime sounds when the f gate starts opening NOTE The lift gate can be opened by the power lift gate switch amp the lift gate opener switch 8 or the liftgate button even ifthe ift gateis locked The lift gate will individually unlock and op Power close When the lift gate is fully opened the lift gate wil fully close automatically by pushing the power lift gate switch amp on the instrument panel pushing the lift gate release button on fhe Intelligent Key for more than 1 second pushing the power lift gate switch on the Tower part of the lit gate The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts closing NOTE Whenthelift gate is closed it remains unlocked Manually lock the ft gat Reverse function The power lift gate will reverse immediately if one ofthe following actions is performed during
380. ight illuminates whenever the igni tion switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passen ger will illuminate ifthe seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For approximately 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does mot activate the warning light for the front passenger See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats Seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage j Supplemental air bag waming light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON ition the supplemental air bag waming illuminate The supplemental airbag warning light will tum off after about 7 seconds if the frontimpact air bag and side air bag curtain and rollover bag systems and or pretensioner seat belts are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems needs servi ing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI retailer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning
381. ights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If nec essary adjust the pressure in all tires includ ing the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS trans mitter components Replace the TPMS trans ter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for
382. igital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC MAA Advanced Audio Coding AAO is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that con tains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encod ing bit rate track time duration etc 13 tag information displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ROOT
383. ined To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position Seat lifter 1 Pull up or push down the adjusting switch to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved 2 Tilt up or down the adjusting switch to adjust the front angle of the seat until the desired position is achieved for driver s seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 sss1053 Lumbar support The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the occupants Push the front or back end of the switch to adjust the seatback lumbar area 2ND ROW SEATS A WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area orontherear seat when itis in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in se rious injury in an accident or sudden stop When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be in jured in an accident or sudden stop Proper
384. ing the INFINITI controller to view the entire list 8 Push the BACK button to return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 List of help commands Phone Commands Command Adion Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone all History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Navigation Commands Command ation Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Address Searches for a location by the street address specified and sels a route to the location Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinati Sets a route to a previous destination Previous Start Point i Sets a route to a previous starting point Delete Destination Deletes a destination 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Commands
385. injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and in stalled properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use fants and children should never be held inyone s lap Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision iot put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger INFINITI recommends that all child re straints be installed inthe rear seat Stud ies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS later in this section Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat le sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand loads from child re straints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
386. inyl bag elc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance con trol mode may not cancel and may not be able to m the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and lean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control made is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill However the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power Thi system should only be used when traffic con tions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradu ally If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 15 MPH 24 km h and a vehicle is not detected ahead The system will also disengage when the vehicle goes above the maximum set speed See Approach warning later in this section Starting and driving 5 43
387. ion is interrupted by snow etc the wiper may stop moving to pro tect its motor If this occurs tum the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER WINDSHIELD DEICER if so equipped SWITCH Sicuass icons The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Tur the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper 9 Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable Low ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward S to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes Aurion When cleaning the inner side of the rear win dow be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster Instruments and controls 2 35 WINDSHIELD DEICER if so equipped The windshield deicer switch rear window and outside mirror defroster switch operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The deicer is used to remove ice from the winds
388. ipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance ID Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS Acaunou Do not continue to drive if your vehicle over heats Doing so could cause engine damage ora vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap or coolant reservoir cap is re moved pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Donot open the hood if steam is coming out IF your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park po Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air condi tioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed Incase of emergency 6 13
389. ires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamen tal characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tir case of a recall Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This num ber gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to side wall edge 3 Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 DOT XX XX XX KX DOT XX XX HK 19x XX o 1 2 3 4 5 6 sono Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The
390. is section 2 Select the Start REC key NOTE The system starts playing and recording the st track on the CD when the Start REC key Is selected The recording process can be stopped at any time All tracks that were played before the CD was stopped are stored Individual tracks can be deleted from the hard disk drive after the CD is recorded ne suas If the title information of the track being re corded is stored either in the in vehicle memory or in the CD the title is automatically displayed on the screen For title acquisition from the in vehicle memory music recognition technol ogy and related data are provided by Gracenote IF a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds the S markis displayed behind the track number The Music Box cannot perform recording under the following conditions There is not enough space in vehicle memory The number of albums reaches the maximum of 500 The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted See Music Box settings later in this sec tion Stopping recording To stop the recording select the Stop REC key button by touching the screen or using the INFINITI controller If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition
391. istances tothe object Inclement weather may affect the function of the corner sonar system this may include reduced performance or a false activation This function is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects tohelp avoid damaging the vehicle The sys tem will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground Mf your vehicle sustains damage to per fascia leaving it misaligned or sensing zone may be altered causing inaccu rate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Acaunou Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as pos sible to hear the tone clearly HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEW To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the Around View Monitor push the SETTING button with the Around View Monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the INFINITI control ler Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Con trast and Black Level of the Around View Moni tor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied CEMEINI Tm CE V me OOE Ni i COE H ssanaacs AROUND VIEW MONITOR SETTINGS To set up the Around View Monitor to your preferred settings push the SETTING button select the Camera key and push the ENTER button Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned to
392. ith water dirt snow etc On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable On roads where there are sharp curves On roads where there are sharply contrast ing objects such as shadows snow water wheel ruts seams or lines remaining after road repairs The LDP system could detect these items as lane markers On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates When the vehicle s traveling direction does mot align with the lane marker When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range When rain snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly When strong light enters the lane camera unit For example the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset When a sudden change in brightness occurs For example when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge While the LDP system is operating you may hear a sound of brake operation This is normal and indicates that the LDP system is operating properly TDP ON indicator light green Warning light orange LDP system operation The LDP system provides a lane departure warn ing and brake control assistance when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 45 MPH 70 km h and above When the vehicle appr
393. ition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display IF the radio is already operating it will automati cally tum off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs PLAY When the DISC AUX CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISCAUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD wil to play When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The following menu options are available Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list Track List Displays the track list Play Mode Select a play mode from the followin Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with compressed audio files 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with compressed audio files Record to Music Box for CD Select to choose specific songs on the CD to record to the Music Box Title Text Priority for CD Set t
394. ity 2 Use of a weight distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5 000 Ib 2 267 kg TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle is equipped with a trailer tow package The trailer tow package includes a Teceiver ype frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of thi vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genui INFINITI ball mounts and hitch balls are avail able from an INFINITI retailer Technical and consumer information 9 21 smosoa To access the trailer hitch remove the trailer hitch cover located on the lower part of the rear bumper To remove the trailer hitch cover 1 Remove the 2 clips 9 22 Technical and consumer information 2 Pull the bottom of the cover straight back ward to remove the inner side and upper clips AA WARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball Choos
395. ject Do not place the intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Donot usea magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer Do not allow the intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function Ian intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that In telligent Key This will prevent the Intelli gent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact an INFINITE retailer E Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and the glove box See DOORS later in this section STORAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section Acaunou Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Inteligent Key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belong ings To prevent the glove b
396. klet Canada TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI retailer Local service operators are familiar with the appli cable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental dam age to your vehicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator care fully read the following precautions A WARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under yourvehicleafterit hasbeen lifted by a tow truck caution When towing make sure that the transmis Sion axles steering system and powertrain arein working condition If any of these con ditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle be hind a recreational vehicle RV see FLAT TOWING in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your Warranty Information Booklet or Roadside Assistance 1 D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada Two wheel drive models
397. l Assist DCA system DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SYS TEM in the 5 Starting and driving section the 5 Starting Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 21 fe e C m dure f ER py d mes mw BRAKE aani B zy g M E Eee Ben ma OOOnes ar L pea Y to E 7 Nul ser Qoo ES her sicas29 222 Instruments and controls INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator is indicator appears when the selector lever is in the P Park position tor means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Steering lock release malfunction indicator This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position If this indicator appears push the push button ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 3 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside
398. l illuminate When the SNOW mode is acti vated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin Push off the SNOW mode for normal driving TOW MODE should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Driving the vehicle in TOW MODE with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any dam age However fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driving character istics may feel unusual Instruments and controls 2 49 Push the TOW MODE switch to activate TOW Push the TOW MODE switch again to turn TOW NODE OFF TOW MODE is automatically canceled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position 2 50 Instruments and controls INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA OFF SWITCH if so equipped IBA OFF sicsasa The vehicle should be driven with the Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system on for most driving conditions The Intelligent Brake Assist IBA system will sound a warning chime to alert the driver when the vehicle is traveling too close to the vehicle ahead and will apply the brake control if nec essary To turn off the system push the IBA OFF switch The A indicator will illuminate The IBA system will remain in the last ON or OFF state it was left in until it is manually changed by pushing the IBA OFF switch See INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL V
399. leans the air it stops flame ifthe engin isn t there and the engi ing on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or temptto start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your wind shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild deter gent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision sorz04s REPLACING Acaunou Replace the wiper blades if they are worn After wiper blade replacement return the 1 Pull the wiper arm wiper arm to its original position 2 Push the release tab and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 4 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove otherwise it may be damaged when the hood i
400. less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and stow down with care if accel erating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Starting and driving 5 101 Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slip pery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas Ifa patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ce and avoid any sudden steer ing maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases un der your vehicle Keep snow clear of the ex haust pipe and from around your vehicle 5 102 Starting and driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 79 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 Tum the engine off 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GF protected grounded TIO vo
401. level 89 Coolant temperature gauge EU Emergency engine shut off 512 Engine block heater 5 102 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system Engine oil E Engine oil and oil fiter recommendation Engine oil replacement indicator Engine oil viscosity Engine serial number Engine specifications Engine start operation indica If your vehicle overheats Oil pressure gauge Protection made Starting the engine Entry exit function Automatic drive positioner Event Data Recorders EDR gt Exhaust gas carbon monoxide Extended storage switch F EMA SS CMA S S certification label 9 11 Filter Air cleaner housing filter we BB Changing engine oit and filter 8 9 Fashers See hazard warning Nasher switch 243 Flat tire se Flat towing 928 Flexible seating 116 Floor mat cleaning Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF gt 8 Brake fluid 2 S Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Engine coolant Engine oil Power steering Muid Window washer fluid FM AM SAT radio with t Compact Dise cD player Fog light Switch Forward Collision Warning FCW system Front passenger air bag and status light Front power seat adjustment Front seat Front seat adjustment Front seat active head restraint Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Fuel economy
402. lideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key following display select the chans from 5 10 30 60 seconds or No Auto Change Slideshow Order Select the Slideshow Order key From the following display select Random or Or der List For Order List the image order the order of the files as stored on the USB memory Operating tips Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg ipes Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 5 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 Maximum Images per Folder 1024 If an electronic device such as a digital camera is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be dis played on the screen Ifthe file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shortened amp character version The image will still be displayed when se lected AROUND VIEW MONITOR When you push the CAMERA button or shift the selector lever into the R Reverse position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the Around View Monitor operates The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle Available views Bird fye View Th
403. ligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power IF this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 7 Engine start operation for Intelligent Key system indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key System and vehicle are not communicating normally If this indicator appears touch the ignition Switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal See INTELLIGENT KEY BAT TERY DISCHARGE in the 5 Starting and driv ing section Instruments and controls 2 23 8 Parking brake release waming This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 9 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level tank is getting low Refuel as soon a convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0 Empty position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the 0 Empty position 10 Low washer fluid warning is warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fuid as necessary See WINDOW WASHER FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do ityoursel sec tion 11 Door lift gate open warning ignition switch is in the ON po
404. lights located next to the outside mirrors when the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone If the turn signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle a chim sounds twice and the BSW indicator light will flash See BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYS TEM in the 5 Starting and driving section The FCW system will sound a and the vehicle ahead detection i blinks to alert the driver if the vehicle is travel ing close to the vehicle ahead See FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section The warning systems switch is automatically turned on when the engine is started and the warning systems ON indicator 1 on the switch illuminates To cancel the warning systems push the war ing systems switch to turn off the system The warning systems ON indicator will turn off 2 48 Instruments and controls NOTE If you continue to push the warning systems switch from off to on for over 4 seconds a chime will sound This wil change the default status of the LDW BSW and FCW systems to OFF so that these systems will not automatically tum on when the engine is started If this procedure is repeated the default status will return to ON WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH Type B if so equipped systems switch is used to tum on and off the warning systems Forward Collision Warning FCW Lane Departure Warning LDW and Blind Spot Waring BSW s
405. lity is low such as rain fog snow etc When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles is splashed When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the Visibility of the sensor When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle When abruptly decelerating On a steep downhill slope or on roads with sharp curves When there is a highly reflective object near the vehicle ahead i e being very close to another vehicle signboard etc When you are towing a trailer Depending on certain road conditions curved or beginning of a curve vehicle con ditions steering position or vehicle posi tion or the preceding vehicle s conditions position in lane etc the system may not function properly The system may detect highly reflective objects such as reflectors signs white markers and other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane and provide unnecessary warning The system may not function in offset conditions accelerating or The system may not function when the dis tance to the vehicle ahead is extremely lose The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality If the sen Sor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent plastic bag etc the system may not detect them In these instances the sys tem may not be able to wam the driver prop eriy Be
406. ls The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain and rollover air bag will remain inflated for a while The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion the supplemental air bag warning light illu minates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are opera tional AA WARNING Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrela bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bags nd curtain and rollover air bag system com ponents will be hot Do nat touch them you may severely bum yourself Nounauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side airbag and curtain and rollover airbags This is to pre vent damage to or accidental inflation ofthe side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag
407. ls located on the rear quarter trim panel behind the 3rd row seats passenger s side Q Before operating the 3rd row seats Make sure the 2nd row seatback is not reclined Lower the 3rd row headrest to the full down position Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See Stowing 3rd row center seat belt later in is section Always reconnect the center seat belt when the seat is returned to the upright position Make sure that there are no objects on the seatback cushion Power reclining Push and hold the rear side of the switch D beside the 3rd row cup holders until the desired seatback angle up to 20 degrees is obtained To move the seatback forward again push and hold the front side of the switch until the desired angle is obtained A WARNING After adjustment check tobe sure the seat is securely locked Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious inju ries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be up right Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seatbelt properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT B
408. lt AC VAC outlet 5 The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on 6 Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts A WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously in jured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electri cal shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged exten sion cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault interrupt GF protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord ora grounded outlet can result in a fire or electri cal shock and cause serious personal injury 6 Incase of emergency Roadside assistance program 62 Emergency engine shut off 162 Ft tire 262 Tire Pressure Monitoring System PMS a flat tire Push starting en IF your vehicle overheats 6n Towing your vehicle 614 Towing recommended by INFINITI 6 15 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle lt 67 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside As
409. ly Injured in a colision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and an cchors work properly If loose parts deterio ration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be property restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is differ ent so be sure to learn the best way to trans port your child There are three ba systems Rearfacing child restraint types of child restraint Forward facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on
410. ly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A cip Captain s seat sss Reclining Pull the reclining lever and position the seatback at the desired angle Release the reclining lever after positioning the seat at the desired angle To return the seatback pull the lever The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occu pants to rest when the vehicle is parked A WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious inju ries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the Vehicle is in motion the seat should be up right Always sit well back in the seat with both feet onthe floor and adjust the seat belt properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section After adjustment check to be sure the seat is securely locked
411. ly use Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non INRNITI parts nor does INFINI Ts warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent or limi unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www InfinitiUSA com for U S customers or wwwinfinit ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 33 MEMO 9 34 Technical and consumer information 10 Index ABS Anti lock Braking System
412. m 1 Folder Random Normal ens 1 I TS There are some options available during play back Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following information for each item Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables switching to the movie playback mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 Play Mode Select the preferred play mode Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller TT Pause Select the T key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the DJ key E P e Movie file operation Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images psc PLAY When the DISCAUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will tur on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode 4 64 Monitor climate audio
413. m automatically changes from the outside air circulation mode to the recirculation mode When the intake air control button is pushed under the following conditions the indicator light on the 3g button will illuminate and the exhaust gds detection sensor will turn on The air flow control is not in the front defroster mode the indicator light on the e front defroster button is turned off The outside temperature is about 32 F 0 C 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When the automatic intake air control is ON for the first 5 minutes the recirculation mode is selected to prevent dust dirt and pollen from entering the vehicle and cleans the air inside of the vehicle with positive and negative fons that are emitted from the ventilator After the 5 minutes the sensor detects exhaust gas and automatically alternates between the recirculation mode and outside air circulation mode 75 0 F AUTO sans Rear automatic air conditioning system To control the rear automatic air conditioning system with the front air conditioner control panel push the REAR button When the rear automatic air conditioning system control is on the indicator light on the REAR button will illuminate and the front display will switch to the rear air conditioner screen The rear automatic air conditioning system can be adjusted with the front air
414. manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label SECURING THE LOAD There are ti down hooks located in the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb 10 kg to a single hook 5 or 7 Ub 3 kg to a single hook 8 when securing cargo A WARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shift ing Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury Technical and consumer information 9 15 The child restraint top tether strap may be aged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision ifthe top tether strap is damaged Donot load yourvehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This
415. mended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case soizasa Align the tips ofthe upper and lower parts D and then push them together until it is Securely closed 5 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See an INANM retailer if you need any assis tance for replacement FCC Notice This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and RSS Gen of IC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 0 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause undesired operation of this device Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 LIGHTS LEES soia os Map light Park light Front side marker light Front turn signal light Fog light 26 Maintenance and do it yourself FEES Headlight high beam low beam Puddle light Step light Side turn signal light 10 Cargo light 1 E s u 5 16 v 18 High mounted stop light Front armrest light Rear armrest light Rear personal light Rear combination tail stop tum signal side marker light Tail light Back up light License
416. ment panel mor tors the Circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roomounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The mo tored circuits include the Air bag Control Ui ACU satellite sensors crash zone sensor occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain and rollover air bag modules pretensioners front passenger air bag status light and all related wiring Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 63 When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems need servic ing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on approximately 7 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does mot come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI retailer A WARNING Ifthe supplem
417. missed calls that were down loaded from the connected cellular phone depending on the phone s compa Select one of these entries to save in the vehicle phonebook Copy from the Handset The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the vehicle phonebook 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems OI lea Editing the Vehicle Phonebook 1 Push the button and select the Vehicle Phonebook key 2 Select the desired entry from the di played li 3 Select the Edit key 4 Select the desired item to change TORUS e a j f ll CE The following editing items are available Entry Changes the displayed number of the se lected entry Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen Number Edit the phone number using the keypad displayed on the screen Type Select an icon from the icon list Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voicetags allow easy dialing using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM later in this section To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 omaes ms T sanasa MAKING A CALL To make a call follow this procedure
418. mmands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Select the User Guide key 5 Select a preferred item You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering destination by street address Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available when Allemate Command Mode is active Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 assa Getting Started Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system If you choose
419. mradio com QD INFINITI 2010 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owners Manual may be reproduced or stored in a re trieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopy ing recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM INFINITI CARES Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehi and your INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions please contact our NFINIT s Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 662 6200 For Canadian customers 1 800 361 4792 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your INFINITI retailer s name Your comments or questions oR You can write to INFINITI with the information on the left at For U S customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America In Consumer Affairs Department P
420. must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue id a weathered appearance before An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust in sects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are avail able at an INFINIT retailer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in underbody must be cleaned regularly prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary
421. n Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles The radar sensors detection zone is de signed based on a standard lane width When driving in a wider lane the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adja cent lane When driving in a narrow lane the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects however objects such as guardrails walls foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected This is a normal operating condition BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Another vehicle approaching from behind The BSW indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane However if the overtaking vehicle is traveling much faster than your vehicle the indicator iht may not illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside your vehicle Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes Starting and driving 533 emn d sonos ssovsa sonos If the driver activates the turn signal then the BSW indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the tum signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the BSW indi cator light will flash but no chime will sou
422. n sers or the lift gate request switch B within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift gate the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s or the lit gate request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuelfiller door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice t Doors will lack with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position E E Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other registered Intelligent Key Acaunou After locking the doors using the request switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles When locking the doors using the request witch make sure to have the Intelligent
423. n When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm The headlights blink and the hom sounds intermittently The alarm automatically tums off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by Unlocking the door or opening the lift gate without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop when a door is unlocked by pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key or when the i is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as described above have it checked by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and RSS Gen of IC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 0 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause un
424. n a vehicle ahead Therefore the system may not func On a steep downhill slope or on roads tion properly under the following conditions with sharp curves When the reflectors ofthe vehicle ahead When there is a highly reflective object are positioned high or close to each other near the vehicle ahead Le being very including a small vehicle such as lose to another vehicle signboard etc When towing a trailer or other vehicle When the sensor gets dirty and it is im possible to detect the distance from the Depending on certain road conditions curved or beginning of a curve vehicle con SEE ditions steering position or vehicle posi When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead tion or the preceding vehicle s conditions are missing damaged or covered position in lane etc the system may not When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are covered with dirt snow or road spray e The system may not function in offset conditions Starting and driving 5 81 spore Reflectors on the road A WARNING The system may detect highly reflective ob jects such as reflectors signs white mark ers and other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lan In extreme conditions detection ofthese ob jects may cause the system to function The system is designed to automatically check the sensor s functionality If the sen sor is covered with ice a transpar
425. n as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS if so equipped The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat The switches located on the instrument panel can be oper ated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob to the heat side or to the cool side 3 The indicator light on the control knob will illumi nate 3 Adjust the temperature using the control knob 4 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or cooled and or before you leave the ve hicle be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position center The indicator light 8 on the control knob goes off at the OFF position To check the air filter for the climate con trolled seat contact an INFINITI retailer dA WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury AA CAUTION The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the climate controlled seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put
426. n mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat mater Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AA WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury AA CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar material Smalldirt particles can be abrasive and dam aging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Only use fabric protectors approved by iNFINm Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a locati
427. n of the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW SYSTEM Precautions on LDW system AA WARNING This system is only a warning device to in form the driver of a potential unintended lane departure It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane control of the vehicle at all times The system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH 70 km h or ifit can not detect lane markers Ifthe LOW system malfunctions it will can cel automatically and the lane departure warning light orange will illuminate Ifthe lane departure warning light orange illuminates pull off the road to a safe loca tion and stop the vehicle Tum the engine off and restart the engine If the lane departure waming light orange continues to illumi nate have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Excessive noise will interfere with the wam ing chime sound and the chime may not be heard The system may not function properly under the following conditions On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers lane markers that are faded or mot painted clearly yellow painted lane markers non standard lane markers or lane markers covered with water dirt snow etc On roads where the discontinued lane mark ers are still detectable
428. n systems 4 83 sans sano The rear displays are located on the back of the front head restraints Use the remote controller to operate the rear display screen Push the preferred side L or R of the power ON OFF button on the remote controller to activate the rear display The rear screens can also be activated using the INFINITI controller See REAR DISPLAY set tings earlier in this section Do not block the range of the wireless remote controller receiver and wireless headphones transmitter Rear auxiliary input jacks The rear auxiliary input jacks are located at the rear of the center console NTSC PAL compat ible devices can be connected to the auxiliary jacks The images from the connected device can be viewed on the rear displays The rear auxiliary jacks are color coded for Identification purposes Yellow video input White left channel audio input Red right channel audio input 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Before connecting a device toa jack turn off the power of the portable device To display rear the AUX screen push the pre ferred side L or R of the AUX D AUX R buttons rear input jacks on the remote control ler The connected device from the rear aux input jacks cannot be displayed on the front swor smso7a Headphones Headphones are a wireless type an
429. n with the brake pedal de pressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever perform the follow ing procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover using a Suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock B as illustrated 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to N Neutra position while holding down the shift lock Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI retailer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible PARKING BRAKE A WARNING sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from out side the vehicle reas area parking brake When parking be sure the Ponting brake is ui engrged Do not leave children unattended in a ve hicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake QD 2 Depress the parking brake pedal O and the p
430. n you can adjust each item using the INFINITI controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting Monitor climat USB MEMORY OPERATION Audio main operation Open the tray lid and connect a USB memory a5 illustrated Then push the DISCAUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode ifthe system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 Playable files Only files that meet the following con playable Music files File format MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac MAA mda File size 2 gigabytes or less Video files File format DivX divx MPEG4 ASF tafs avi File size 2 gigabytes or less Cao oer Crore X m ror sasoo E File selection When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of fle the audio or movie operation screen is displayed and starts to play Ifa video file restricts the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio file operation pnscaux PLAY jan the DISCAUX butt
431. nable disable the BSW system using the settings menu o 9 Perform the following steps to enable or disable 575 155 s the BSW system lt 1 Push the SETTING button and highlight gt the Driver Assistance key on the display T O using the INFINITI controller Then push Tae Dep Win the ENTER 3 button ighlight the Driver Assistance Warn igs key and push the ENTER 2 button 5500959 3 Highlight the Blind Spot Warning key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and push the ENTER button zz n Y BSW system precautions rr property Excessive noise e g audio system volume open vehicle window will interfere with the Delete iere soma 532 Starting and driving The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW when ce present such as objects are Pedestrians bicycles animals Several types of vehicles such as motor cycles Oncoming vehicles Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop See BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS later in this section ately the same as your See BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS later in this section approaching rapidly from be hind See BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS later in this section A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly Gee BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS later in this sectio
432. nce is not being heard please check the Guidance Volume level Tae haa ea T e REAR DISPLAY settings if so equipped The Rear Display screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Rear Display key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Left Right Rear Display When an item is turned to ON the selected side of the rear display turns on See DUAL HEAD RESTRAINT DVD SYSTEM later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 DRIVER ASSISTANCE settings if so equipped For details ofthe Driver Assistance settings refer to the following items Dynamic Assistance Settings LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PRE VENTION LDP SYSTEM in the 5 Start ing and driving section DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST DCA SY TEM in the 5 Starting and drivi section Driver Assistance Warnings if so equipped LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PRE VENTION LDP SYSTEM in the 5 Start ing and driving section BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM the 5 Starting and driving section FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Language amp Units Voice Recognition Camera Image Viewer T Others settings The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and
433. ncerns you may have with your as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s li Manual carefully This will ensure fai controls and m AA WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive underthe influence of alcohol or drugs ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for im portant safety information ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differ cently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use swith other vehicles with features ofthis type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may re sult in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving pre cautions Avoiding collision and rollover a Driving safety pre
434. nd when the other vehicle is detected 5 34 Starting and driving NOTE Ifyou accelerate froma stop with a vehicle in the Overtaking other vehicles The BSW indicator light illuminates if you over take a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 3 seconds The radar sensors may not detect slower mov ing vehicles if they are passed quickly sssp1034 sso1036 If the driver activates the tum signal while NOTE another vehicle is in the detection zone then the BSW indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice When overtaking several vehicles in a row the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be de tected if they are traveling close togeth Starting and driving 5 35 ec Sspios7 sonoss Entering from the side The BSW indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side note The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as Your vehicle when it enters the detection zone 5 36 Starting and driving If the driver activates the tum signal then the BSW indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice NOTE If the driver activates the tum signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone the BSW indi cator light will flash but no chime will sound when another ve
435. nd driv ing section A Automatic Transmission AT OL TEMP il temperature warning light This light illuminates when the Automatic n AT oil temperature is too high If the light illuminates while driving reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safely possible until the light turns off Instruments and controls 2 11 Acaunon Continued vehicle operation when the AT oil temperature warning light is on may damage the AT Brake warning ee er 8n ig This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ig the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level If brake fluid is necessary add fluid and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer See BRAKE FLUID in the B Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 12 Instruments and controls 2 Ifthe brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI retailer Low hydraulic pressure warning indicator If the brake warning light illuminates when the engine is running or while driving with the parking brake is released check the brake fluid level If the
436. nd filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI ve hicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN A C sys tem oil Type S or the exact equivalents Acaunou Theuse of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFCi34a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condi tioning system service Your INFINI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air condi tioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI retailer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VS Type Gasoline cycle Cylinder arrangement cylinder V slanted at 90 Bore Stroke in mm
437. nd the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are gen eral precautions which should be closely ob served AA WARNING Park the vehicle ona level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the selector lever to P Park sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ig nition switch is in the ON position Never leave the engine or automatic trans mission related component harnesses dis connected while the ignition switch is in the ON position if you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts Iis advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before wo
438. ndations Specifications Engine Wheels and tires Dimensions When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country x Vehicle identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate Vehicle Identification number chassis number Engine serial number FMA SS CMN S S certification label Emission control information label Tire and loading information label Air conditioner specification label Installing front license plate Vehicle loading information Tems 924 45 96 946 97 E Vehicle load capacity Securing the load Loading tips Measurement of weights Towing a trailer Maximum load limits Maximum gross vehicle weight GWW maximum gross axle weight GAW 919 Towing load specification E Towing safety 5n Flat towing 9 28 Uniform tire quality grading 9 28 Treadwear 9 28 Traction AA A B and C 929 Temperature A B and C Emission control system warranty Reporting safety defects Readiness for Inspection Malntenance M test 9 31 Event Data Recorders EDR E 932 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information In the event of a collision 933 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine
439. nded battery Size AA x 2 DVD remote controle Size AAA 2 headphones Be careful not to touch the battery termi nal Make sure that the and ends on the batteries match the markings inside the compartment 3 Close the lid securely If you will not be using the remote control for long periods of time remove the bat teries Replacement of the batteries is needed when the remote control only functions at extremely close distances to the Dual Head Restraint DVD System or when it does not function at al FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canai Operation is subject to the following two condi tions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice BEFORE OPERATING DUAL HEAD RESTRAINT DVD SYSTEM Precautions Start the engine when using the Dual Head Restraint DVD System A WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the Dual Head Restraint DVD or wear the head phones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Acaunou
440. ndstill When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position When the windshield wipers are operating at high speed The system may cancel when the wipers are set to the AUTO position When the VDC is turned off When the ABS or VDC operates When the parking brake is applied When the SNOW mode switch is pushed on When the AWD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models When driving into a strong light Le sun light When distance measurement becomes im paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor When a wheel slips Starting and driving 5 55 ssomo Warning light and display Condition The chime sounds and the Intel Control ICC system is canceled automatically in the conditions described below Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set When the VDC is turned off When the ABS or VDC operates When a tire slips 5 56 Starting and driving When driving into a strong light Le sun light When the SNOW mode switch is pushed on When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present tur the system off using the ICC MAIN switch Tur the ICC system back on to use the system CRUISE Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicl
441. nec tion for brake operation between the tow ve hide and the trailer Electric Trailer Brakes Electric braking systems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller special brake sensing module Have a professional supplier of towing equip ment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake func tion testing A VIARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle D
442. nformation is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This infor mation is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat g The maximum total weight rat ing of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit Technical and consumer information 9 13 pem C Ford Luggage Tar in Remaining available imit d cargo and luggage Dr RR 13 mre ok esi ako 27ko 19540 my J f Ga Luggage Remaining available vos RR fl meer 640 kg 150 bx2 300lb 301b x2 60 lb saan Go 19549 so 07o Graig Luggage Remaining available adii B 3333 CASAS mmm 640 kg 150 Ib x 5 750 lb 30 tb x5 150 Ib 500 lb ok Gaok Qaka GoD 22710 P 9 14 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOAD
443. ng a col lision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in spection instructions and replacement rec ommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sssoon PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INENI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations PRE CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH COMFORT FUNCTION if so equipped for front seats The pre crash seat belt tightens the seat belt with a motor to help restrain front seat occu pants This helps reduce the risk of injury in a collision The motor retracts the seat belt under the following emergency conditions During emergency braking During sudden steering maneuvers Activation of the Intelligent Brake Assist BA system See INTELLIGENT BRAKE AS SIST
444. ng property Hydraulically assisted brakes The hydraulically assisted brake system is de signed to use a hydraulic pump driven electri cally to assist braking Ifthe engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the foot brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the foot brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle The stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weak ened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle ser vice manual and can be performed by an INFINITI retailer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and down
445. ning light orange will flash When the interior temperature is reduced the LOW system will resume operating automat cally and the lane departure warning light or ange will stop flashing Starting and driving 5 23 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM Precautions on LDP system dA WARNING The LDP system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely keep the vehicle in the traveling lane and be in control of vehicle at all times TheLDP system is primarily intended for use on well developed freeways or highways It may not detect the lane markers in certain roads weather or driving conditions Using the LDP system under some condi tions of road lane marker or weather or when you change lanes without using the lane change signal could lead to an unex pected system operation In such condi tions you need to correct the vehicle s direc tion with your steering operation to avoid accidents When the LDP system is operating avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers Otherwise you could lose control of the vehicle 5 24 Starting and driving The LDP system will not operate at speeds below approximately 45 MPH 70 km h or it it cannot detect lane markers The LDP system may not function properly under the following conditions and do not tse the LP system During bad weather rain fog snow win
446. nology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section In tended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the side wall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same mold ing on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AA WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construc ton An INFINITI retailer may be able to help you with information about tire type size Speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum ve hicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation af the TPMS For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires INFINT specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on
447. note Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2009 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 85 987 525 36061680 46154773 6 161 132 6 230 192 46230207 862404459 16 330 593 and other patents issued or pend ing Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trade marks of Gracenote 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FRONT AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS The front auxiliary input jacks are located in the console box NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks Compatible audio devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary jacks The images from the connected device can be viewed on the front and rear displays The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifi cation purposes Yellow video input White left channel audio input Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device toa jack turn off the Power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the jacks push the DISCAUX button repeatedly until the display switches to the AUX mode The output from the device will be played through the monit
448. ntrol mode the Intelligent Cruise Control QCC system auto matically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system spa PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the opera tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if necessary The detection range of the sensor is approxi mately 390 ft 120 m ahead A WARNING This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device Itis the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas This system will not adapt automa
449. oaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane a warning chime will sound and the lane departure warning light orange on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver Then the LDP system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane Starting and driving 5 25 The warning and assist functions will stop when the vehicle returns to a position inside of the lane marker 5 26 Starting and driving Ssboos ssboos Dynamic driver assistance switch The LDP system turns on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on the steering wheel is pushed when Lane Departure Prevention is enabled in the settings menu on the center display The LDP ON indicator light green on the instrument panel will illuminate pem i ssonoa How to enable disable the LDP system using the settings menu Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDP system 1 Push the SETTING button and highlight the Driver Assistance key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER QD button ighlight the Dynamic Assistance Set tings key and push the ENTER but ton Ai som 3 Highlight the Lane Departure Preven tion key select ON enabled or OFF disabled and
450. ocated on the lower side of the instrument panel for more than 1 second after starting the engine When the IBA OFF indicator light on the instrument panel turns off and the IBA OFF switch is pushed the system will turn off and the IBA OFF indicator nt will illuminate When the IBA OFF switch is pushed again the system will tum on and the IBA OFF indicator light will tum off The IBA system will remain in the last ON or OFF state it was left in until it is manually changed by pressing the IBA OFF switch Illumination of the IBA OFF indicator light with out a beep sound is an indication that the IBA system is temporarily unavailable It wil occur under the following conditions When driving into a strong light for example sunlight When the AWD shift switch is in the 4H or 4L position for 4WD models The IBA OFF indicator light will turn off when the system returns to its normal operating condi tions For the sensor maintenance see Sensor main tenance earlier in this section BREAK IN SCHEDULE Acaunou During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 kr follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reli ability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced en gine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 0
451. od how to operate an audio device before using it with is system The Bluetooth streaming audio may be stopped under the following conditions Receiving a hands free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption While an audio device is connected through a Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Bluetooth Music Box Recording Note that data that is lost and not stored to the in vehicle memory due to system dam age improper operation or malfunction is mot under warranty Vehicle owners are not permitted to record music without permission of the owner of the copyright except for personal use Check if the music is appropriately recorded to the in vehicle memory after recording when the compact disc cannot be rere corded Some music cannot be recorded depending on the disc condition due to high speed recording Jumping sounds may be recorded when a compact disc is recorded while driving on Tough roads and excessive vibration occurs
452. of engine braking which may result in a collision serious personal injury or death In addition coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission Starting and driving 5 15 Acaunon When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade donot hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Donot downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control 5116 Starting and driving P ad R T f ot MD gu Shifting To move the selector lever m Push the button while depressing the brake pedal gt Push the button gt Just move the selector lever The selector lever position indicator light next to the selector lever will be illuminated for ately 30 minutes after the ignition t may also illuminate when the vehicle receives radio waves This is not a malfunction After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button AA WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is n any position while the engine is not running Failure todo so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in seri
453. ognized phone number available during phone number entry 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Navigation Command Command Adion Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Address Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination Information Command Command Action Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Where am 1 Displays your current location Audio Command Command Adion AM Tus to the AM band selecting the station last played im Tums to the FM band selecting the station last played XM Turns to the XM Satellite band selecting the channel last played Music Box Tums on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system co Stars to play a CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 General Commanc Command Action Go back Corrects the last recognition result to retum to the previous screen Bit Cancels Voice Recognition 4 114 Monitor
454. oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See TRIP COM PUTER later in this section 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section Instruments and controls 2 25 More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 26 Instruments and controls loursipe Teu 5 4 00 SETTING ws 0000 m i gt MAINTENANCE ueu 000 0 gt MAINTE IBENTER NEXT WIRNNSXT me 0000 rm mues 000 0 RENTER NEXT RANGE O000us sicauoa Sica TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the right side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the switches as shown above Qi switch swith When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the J switch O Each
455. olor and brightness will soon sta The life of xenon headlights willbe shortened by frequent on off operation It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the ve hicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not tum on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to bum ing out the brightness will drastically de crease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If on or more ofthe above signs appear contact an INFINITI retailer sce sicsase HEADLIGHT SWITCH Autolight system Lighting The autolight system allows the headlights to EEE PE EEEE be set so they turn on and off automaticaly The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on Tum the switch to the CO position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the hea AUTO position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 3 The autolight system automatically tums the headlights on and off To tur the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF gt or SD position it switch is in the Instruments and controls 2 37 The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn of
456. om the actual vehicle areas that the cameras cannot cover O are indicated in black After pushing the ignition switch with the Non viewable Area tumed to ON the non viewable area 3 is highlighted in yellow for 7 seconds after the bird eye view is displayed 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object the corner sonar ator ap pears A WARNING bird eye view cessed by combining the views from the cameras on the outside mirrors the front and the rear of the vehicle pseudo view that is pro Tall objects such as a curb or vehicle may je misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed The view for the bird eye view may be mis aligned when the camera position alters A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views The misalignment willincrease as the line proceeds away from the vehicle Front side view Guiding tines Guiding lines that indicate the width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor The front ofvehicetine shows the front part of the vehicle The side ofvehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mirror The extensions O of both the front and side lines are shown with a green dotted line The corner son
457. ompletely closed then push OPEN until mirror is in the open position Reverse tilt down feature When backing up the vehicle the right and left outside mirrors will tum downward automati cally to provide better rear visibility 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Move the selector lever to the R Reverse position 3 Choose the right or left out operating the outside switch ide mirror by ior control 4 The outside mirror surfaces move down ward When one of the following conditions has oc curred the outside mirror surfaces will return to their original position The selector lever is moved to any position other than R Reverse The outside mirror control switch is set to the center position The ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 icons VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover 3 30 Predriving checks and adjustments AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER The automatic drive positioner system has two features Entry exit function Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and steering column will automatically move when the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slid
458. on 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems An HHH ARH HMH I Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con tains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 7 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button ighlight the Voice Recognition key us ing the INFINI controller and push the ENTER button Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button ighlight an item using the INFINITI con troller and push the ENTER button Available items Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system Let s Practice 5 Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings Adapting the System to
459. on ceases when the following conditions are met 3 When the driver depresses the accelera tor pedal or the brake pedal b If the driver does not operate the acc erator or brake pedal within approxi mately 1 second O When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4H or AL position for WD models Starting anddriving 5 95 ssspox38 The sensor will not detect a Pedestrians or objects in the roadway b Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane as illustrated dA WARNING This system is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsi bility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times 596 Starting and driving As there is a performance limit to the Pre view Function never rely solely on this sys tem This system does not correct careless Inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by de pressing the brake pedal in order to main tain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather condi tions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal condi tions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the sy
460. on is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISCAUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind TES When the gt of iamm button is pushed for more than 15 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the gt of iam button is pushed for less than 15 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory tum the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller iom npz_ REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the mir button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Rando
461. on that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s instructions before using air fresheners FLOOR MATS A WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result ina collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifi cally designed for use in your vehicle model See your INFINITI retailer for more Information Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid later in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Front example Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make
462. on the screen does not correspond with the actual order ofthe tire position See TIRE PRESSURE information in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MONI TORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section A WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illumi ates or LOW PRESSURE information is dis played on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious per Sonal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the rec ommended COLD tire pressure shown on t Tire and Loading Information label to tum the low tir pressure waming light OFF Ifthe light still illuminates while driving after adjusting thetire pressure a tire may be lat Ifyou have aflat tire replace it with a sparetireassoonas ossible See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the
463. ongue is securely fas jed to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Donotallow morethan one person tousethe same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts Ifthe seat belt warning light glows continu ously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Do ing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury laced together with the retractor See an INFINITI retailer Removal and installation ofthe pretensioner seat belt system components should be done by an INFINITI retailer Allseatbeltassemblies ncludingretractors and attaching hardware should be in spected after any collision by an INFINITI re tailer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be re placed unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use duri
464. oor lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuelfiller door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button on the Intelli gent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch FUEL FILLER CAP AA WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automati cally Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possi bly a fire 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments ly an original equipment type fuel is a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control sys tem An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to at tempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filing portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Don
465. or This could damage the connector During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the USB device and dehu midify or ventilate the USB player com pletely The USB player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Do not leave USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air conditioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged The vehicle is not equipped with a USB memory stick A USB device cannot be formatted with this system To format a USB device use a personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen Using English language characters with a USB de vice is recommended Do not connect a USB device if a connector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before con necting the USB device If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evapora tive residue may cause a short between the connector pins Large video podcast files cause slow re sponses in an iPod The vehicle center play may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Ifan iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle
466. or and audio system E How to use AUX button Images being played can be switched to the center display if NTSC PAL compatible devices are connected to the front auxiliary input jacks in the console box Push the A button on the instrument panel to perform switching The above display will appear when the Menu key is selected using the INFINITI controller AUX video will not be displayed on the front display unless the parking brake is set To display the front AUX Images on the rear displays push button on the remote controller for the Dual Head Restraint DVD System See DUAL HEAD RESTRAINT DVD SYS TEM later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 E AUX Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while in the AUX mode the menu screen will be displayed Display Mods Choose the display mode from the following items Normal e Wide Cinema Volume Settings Choose the volume setting from the following items e Low Medium e High Display Adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems j P CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING CD DVD Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc Always place the dis
467. or details of the Phone settings see Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM later in this section Bluetooth settings For details of the Bluetooth settings see Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM later in this section fee Volume and Beeps settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Vol ume amp Beeps key Audio Volum To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume and adjust it with the INFINT controller You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume select the Guidance Volume and adjust it with the INFINITI controller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being announced Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Cal For the details of these items see Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM later in this sec tion Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations NOTE When the voice guidance is being announced during audio playback turning the volume knob does not adjust the music level it adjusts the guidance volume level If voice guida
468. or even if itis raining 2 34 Instruments and controls When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent the speed of the rain sensing auto wipers may be higher even though the amount of the rainfall is small Besuretoturn offtherain sensing auto wiper system when you use a car wash Using genuine wiper blades is recommended for proper operation of the rain sensing auto iper system See WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for wiper blade replace ment REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH A WARNING Jn freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the rear window glass and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window Acaunou Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 second Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grile if spilled while filing the win dow washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with wa ter to the manufacturer s recommended lev els before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the win dow washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Ifthe rear window wiper operat
469. or maximum cargo capacity Manual Operation 1 Pull lever A or B located on the 2nd row seat The seatback folds down and the Seat base will tip forward See Entry to 3rd row seat earlier in this section Power Operation 1 Push and hold the corresponding switch located on the instrument panel below the audio system The seatback will fold down and tip forward See Entry to 3rd row Seat earlier in this section sssn2o sena 2 Push the folded seat down until it locks in position 3 Fold the 3rd row seat flat using the switches located in the cargo area See Power folding earlier in this section Return 3rd row seats to seating positions by raising the 3rd row seatbacks to an upright position using the switches Make sure the seatback is lacked in position Power folding earlier in this sec Return the 2nd row seat to a seating position by raising the 2nd row seatbacks io an upright position Make sure the seatback is locked in position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 Acaunou When folding the 2nd row seat for maximum cargo hauling be sure that cargo does not con tact the center console of the captain s seat it so equipped to avoid possible damage to the console SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in
470. orm steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the ail fiter by turning it by hand 5 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur face with a clean rag Acaunou Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket re maining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 7 Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten ad ditionally more than 2 3 turn Oilfitter tightening torque Tito 15 feb 151021 Nan 8 Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 221029 ftlb 91939 Nm Do not use excessive force 9 Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely Acaunou The must be inserted in place to pre vent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LU BRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capaci The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifica tions for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine 70 Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter C
471. orrect as required 11 Tum the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the undercover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the other bolts that hold the un dercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground lose of waste oil and filter properly AA WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oilout of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID Contact an INFINITI retailer if replacement is required Acaunou Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty Maintenance and do it yours
472. orted extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection the player will skip to the next song 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Symptom Cause and Countermeasure The songs do not play back in the desired order The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 Compressed Video Files Explanation of terms Divk DIVX refers to the DIvX codec owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy com pression of video based on MPEG 4 AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave It is a standard fle format originated by Micro soft Corporation A divx encoded file can be saved into the avi file format for play back on this system if it meets the require ments stated in the table in this section However not all the avi files are playable on this system since different encodings can be used than the DivX codec ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format it is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file The size and qu
473. ote that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale wil flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continu ously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Starting and driving 5 3 Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire je TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this sy
474. otuse electronic devices when filing Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you re filling it Use only approved portable fuel contain ers for flammable liquid Acaunou fffuelis spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuebfiller tube then tighten until the fueb filer cap clicks Failure to tighten the fueLfiller cap properly may cause the S malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate If the light illuminates because the fuel T cap is loose or missing tighten or in stall the cap and continue to drive the ve hicle The light should turn off after a s If the ESF light does not tum off after a few driving trips hi vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning f so equipped will appear ifthe fuel filler capis not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fueLfiller cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning f o equipped ap pears may cause the HJ Malfunction Indi cator Light MIL to illuminate The fuelfiller cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard E NAR ipose Fuer E taen esser seraess To remove the fuelfiller cap 1 Tum the fuelfiller cap counterclockwis
475. ou have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AA WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely ap plied and the automatic transmission is in the P Park position Never change tres when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road assistance Incase of emergency 6 3 uceooow sceoera Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks O at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AA WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury 6 4 Incase of emergency Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Open the lift gate 2 Raise the cargo floor board using the handle b then hang it on the edge of the lift gate opening using the hook A WARNING
476. ous personal injury or property damage Acaunou Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped andthe transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the selector lever to the P Park position Acaunou Use this position only when the vehicles com pletely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is in the manual shift gate the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be s
477. owing requires more fuel than nor mal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 mites 800 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for thi make a larger than normal turning radius during the tur Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle traiter handling possibly causing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible nges in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handlin Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 11 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as Straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination wil help stabilize the vehicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes 2 When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area j Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is alanced as described earlier in this sec tion Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely ch
478. ox from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 4 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 2 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 3 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intel ligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See STORAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS A VIARNING Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this pro Vides greater safety in the event of an acci dent by helping to prevent persons from be ing thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintention ally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders fore opening any door always lookforand avoid oncoming trafic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door Aft
479. peration key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be dis played each time the side or side is selected Group Search DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD Vi Select the 10 Key Search key to open the mumber entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as ages the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note
480. phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 G S a san ET Image Viewer The image files in the USB memory will be displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will nat be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake Full Screen Display The fullscreen display will appear when select ing the Full Screen Display key To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the INFN controller Cx Gan Select the CE key to start playing the sideshow Stop Select the CX key to stop the shaw 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems C Ne Select the CED key to display the next file CK Previous Select the CED key to display the previ ous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are avai able for the full screen display S
481. pin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off 5700 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec tion For additional information see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during ex tremely cold weather conditions the battery may freeze and damage the battery To in maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see BATTERY in the amp Mainte nance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see ENGINE COOLING SYS TEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement How ever the performance of these tires
482. place Reinstall the headrest when the headrest headrest down does not need to be removed e dur e sess postion a To attach the headrest push and hold the lock Knob and insert the headrest stalks into the sso 2nd row seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 ARMREST if so equipped Front seats The console box lid can be used as an armrest Slide the box lid forward or backward to the desired position f so equipped 2nd row seat Pull and draw the armrest forward until it is horizontal FLEXIBLE SEATING A WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position Ina collision people rid ing in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your ve hice is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occu pants are in the rear seat area or any cargo is on the rear seats Head restraints and headrests except for 2nd row center seat should be adjusted property as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been removed for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely
483. placed in the off position then back to the on position When the 4L position is selected with the 4WD shift switch the VDC system is disabled and the VDC off indicator light illuminates See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls ction and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and con trols section The computer has a buil gnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunc tion dA WARNING The VOC system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent acc dents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and comering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deterio rated the VDC system may not operate prop erly This could adversely affect vehicle han dling performance and the VDC waring light amp may illuminate If brake related parts
484. plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 bs 2 267 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight dstributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may affect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturerto determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manu facturer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition switch in the ON position and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within 0 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height mea sured in step 2 A WARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached Ifthe rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when lo
485. plate light HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Replacing Fog may temporarily form item Wattage W Bulb No exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A Headlight temperature difference between the inside and igh Low beams enon 35 D25 the outside of the lens causes the fog This is Front turn signal light 2 wzw mota malfunction If large drops of water collect Fog light 35 He inside the lens contact an INN retailer park ight 3 Xenon headlight bulb Front side marker ight 5 ww Rear combination light If replacement is required see an INFINITI re tailer z Nw backs wiew DES ie mariar un z urn signal n wzw AX men voutace License plate light s wow When xenon headlights are on they produce a Puddle light a z high voltage To prevent an elec shock Front and rear armrest light iE i never attempt to modify or disassemble AL Map ght 8 ways have your xenon headlights replaced at Rear personal light s an INFINITI retailer For additional information Cargo light s See HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH in Vanity mirror light 2 the 2 Instruments and controls section Step light 5 High mounted stop light i See an INFINITI retailer for replacement NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Replacement procedures All other lights
486. ply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the down hill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks absorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake j Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Four Wheel Drive 4WD models Make sure that the 4WD shift switch is engaged in the AUTO AH or ALO position and the Automatic Transmission AT park warning light is turned off 7 Tum off the engine 9 26 Technical and consumer information To drive away 1 2 E n 5 Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer Apply and hold the brake pedal Start the engine Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descending a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine braking and reduces the need to brake as frequently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature see IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emer gency section Trailer t
487. power open or power close pushing the power liftgate switch B on the Instrument panet pushing the Uit gate button gagy on the Intelligent Key pushing the lift gate switch O on the lower Part of the it gate The outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts to reverse The power lift gate button on the Intelligent Key cannot be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Auto reverse function The auto reverse function enables the lift gate to automatically reverse when something caught in the lift gate as it is opening or closing When the control unit detects an obstacle the lift gate will reverse and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the lift gate motion will stop and the drive motor will disen gage The lift gate will enter the manual mode A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the lift gate If an obstacle is detected by the pinch sensor during power close the lift gate will reverse and return to the full open position immediately NOTE Ifthe pinch sensor is damaged or removed the power close function will not operate A WARNING There is a small distance immediately before the closed position that cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers keep their hands etc clear from the lift gate opening before closing the lift gate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 Manual mode If power operation is not a
488. pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCCL D CB2V67690 272 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys sees Intelligent Key Valet hand off 33 Doors 34 Locking with mechanical key 34 Opening and closing windows with the mechanical key Locking with power door lack switch Automatic door locks safety rear door lock 36 Intelligent Key system E Intelligent Key operating range 38 Door locks unlocks precaution Intelligent Key operation Battery saver system Warning signals Troubleshooting guide Remote keyless entry system How to use remote keyless entry system gt Hood 338 Lift gate EJ Operat 39 Operat 39 323 323 33 33 3 26 326 326 326 327 327 328 330 330 330 331 332 Auto closure Lift gate release lever Fuelfiller door Opening the fuel filler door Fuel filler cap Tit telescopic steering Electric operation Sun visors Outside mirrors Vanity mirror Automatic drive pe System operation KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI retailer for duplicates by using the key number INFANT does not record any key numbers so iti
489. pulled down to a partly open position the lift gate will pull itself to the closed po Do not apply excessive force when the auto clo sure is operating Excessive force applied may cause the mechanism to malfunction A CAUTION The lift gate will automatically close from a partly open position To avoid pinching keep hands and fingers away from lift gate opening Do not let children operate the lift gate FUEL FILLER DOOR Rae Sena Va E LIFT GATE RELEASE LEVER If the lift gate cannot be opened with the door lock switch due to a discharged battery follow these steps 1 Remove the cover O using a suitable tool 2 Move the lever B as illustrated to open the lift gate Contact an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for repair ide of the lift gate OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the right side of the door Push the driver s door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the passenger s door handle request switch or lift gate request switch twice with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and rotate it towards the rear of the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 Push the power d
490. quest switch to lock the door seconds hicle or luggage room A door is not closed securely Close the door securely The door handle request switch is pushed before the door is closed Push the door handle request switch after the door is closed When pushing the ignition switch to The Intelligent Key battery Indicator start the engine appears on the display The battery charge is low Replace the battery with a new one Gee BATTERY in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section The NO KEY warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key isnot in the vehicle Cany the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the ignition switch The Intelligent Key system war light in the meter illuminates in yellow ing Tt warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system Contact an INFINIT retailer 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM A WARNING The intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unitis stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuelfiller door activate the pani
491. r personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped ve hicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equip ment may result in drivetrain damage or un expected vehicle movement which could re sult in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 5 84 Starting and driving Acaunou Do not drive the vehicle in the AHI or 4L0 position on dry hard surface roads Driving on dry hard surfaces in AHI or ALO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and in creased fuel consumption IF the Four Wheel Drive 4WD warning light tums on when driving on dry hard surface roads in the AHI position shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO in the 4LO position stop the vehicle and shift the transmission lever to the N N tral position with the brake pedal de pressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to AUTO If the 4WD warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the 4WD warning light blinking See ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section for other precautions for offroad driving INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD SYSTEM The all mo
492. r air conditioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving so that full attention may be given to driving operation Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Operating this system under these conditions may result in system malfunctions 4 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL sao sanas 1 CAMERA Around View Monitor display button P 4 19 2 6 7 For navigation system control buttons Refer to the separate Navigation Sys tem Owner s Manual 3 INFINITI controller P 4 3 4 INFO vehicle and navigation informa tion button P 4 7 5 SETTING button P 4 11 TATUS status display button P 4 7 HD OFF brightness control and dis play ON OFF button P 4 7 HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display by rotating or pushing the center dial O upward downward and push the ENTER bution for operation if you push the BACK button G before the setup is completed the setup wil be canceled and or the display will return to the previous Screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input Ater the setup is completed push the BACK button and retum to the previous screen for the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System
493. r bag side air bag curtain rollover air bag and the pretensioner should inspected by an INFINITI retailer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct supple mental air bag and pretensioner system dis posal procedures are set forth in the appro rate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect isposal procedures could cause personal injury MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 65 2 Instruments and controls Cockpi 22 Washer operation instrument panel 24 sensing auto wiper system Meters and gauges 225 Rear window wiper and washer switc Speedometer and odometer 126 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Tachometer 27 Windshield deicer so equipped sth Engine coolant temperature gauge 127 Rear window and outside mirror defroster 235 Fuel gauge 128 Windshield deicer if so equipped Engine oil pressure gauge ight and turn signal switch Voltmeter x Meter rin Warning indicator 129 Headlight switch 210 Headlight washer Checking bulbs 2n Turn signal switch Warning lights 2n Fog light switch Indicator lights Jay Hazard warning flasher s Audible reminders 220 Heated steering wheel zn Hom 2 23 Heated seats f so eq 225 Fron
494. r door lock 3 6 Rear personal lights Rear window wiper and washer switch Rear window wiper blades Recorders Event data Registering your vehicle in another county Remote controller DVD Remote keyless entry system Reporting safety defects Roadside assistance program Rollover Roof Moonroot 264 Roof rack 260 s Safety Child seat belts 128 Towing safety 92 Satellite radio operation gt 455 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment Front seats oo oa o Seat belts Child safety Infants gt gt Injured persons Larger children Precautions on seat belt usage Pregnant women 4 Seat belt cleaning Seat belt extenders Seat belt maintenance Seat belt warning light and chime 246 Seat belts Tam Seat belts with pretensioners ne Small children 1129 Three point type 2 Seat s Climate controlled seats 246 Driver side memory 1330 Heated seats 244 Seats Security system Vehicle security system 229 Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start 2 2 231 Selector lever Shift lock release 538 Servicing climate control EU SETTING button m Shift lock release Transmission 518 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 15 SNOW mode x E Snow mode switch 249 Spare tre B38 9 9 Spark plugs Speedometer 2 26 Starting Before sta
495. r long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Do not adjust the heating and air condition ing controls while driving so that full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine and operate the automatic climate control system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Bad seal zs E When the STATUS button is pushed the auto matic climate control status screen will appear See HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON earlier in this section 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems sansoss sane With Advanced Climate Control System ACCS 1 AUTO automatic climate control ON button Temperature control dial driver side 2 front defroster button 3 Gd rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIR ROR DEFROSTER WINDSHIELD DEICER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and con trols section 4 8 fan speed decrease button 5 OFF button for climate control system 6 83 fan speed increase button 7 8 gt intake air control button 8 gt air recirculation button 9 DUAL zone control ON OFF button Temperature control dial passenger side 10 MODE manual air flow control button TI REAR control button 12 A C air conditioner ON OFF button 13 A upper vent button 1
496. r other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure waming light is not de signed to indicate a low oil level Use the dip stick to check the oil level See ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion Acaunou Running the engine with the engine oil pres ure warning light on could cause serious age to the engine almost immediately Such damageis not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so 4WD Four Wheel Drive 4WD warning light 4WD models The 4WD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the 4WD system malfunctions or the diam eter of the front and the rear wheels are diffe ent the warning light will either remain illu nated or blink See INFINITI ALL MODE AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section Acaunou if the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction inthe 4WD sys tem Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINIT retailer as soon as possible ifthe AWD warning light turns on when driv ing on dry or hard surfaced roads in the 4H position shift the AWD shift switch to AUTO inthe 40 position stop the vehicle and shift the transmission selector lever to the N Neutral position and shift the AWD shift switch to AUTO Instruments and controls 2 13 Ifthe warnin
497. r the INFINITI controller are possible using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area 1 on the Touch the BACK button to return to the previous screen onan yor WO Adjusting an item Touch the O or button to adjust the settings Touch the or button to move to the previous or next item Touch the or button to move to the previous or next page Inputting characters Touch the letter or number There are some options available when input ting characters Uppercase Shows uppercase characters Lowercas Shows lowercase characters Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark Q Space Inserts a space Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters ok Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 sanas S E S
498. ranspar ent material or install an accessory near the Do not place reflective materials such as white paper or a mirror on the instrument panel The reflection of sunlight may ad versely affect the camera unit s capability of detecting the lane markers Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI re taller BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM if so equipped The Blind Spot Warning BSW system can help alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes The BSW system uses radar sensors D in stalled near the rear bumper to detect other Vehicles beside your vehicle in an adjacent lane Starting and driving 5 29 ze Umm m Eu Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft 3 0 m behind the rear bumper and approximately 10 ft 3 0 m sideways The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH 32 km h If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone the BSW indicator light illuminates If the driver then activates the turn signal a chime will sound twice and the BSW indicator light will fash
499. rd Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake sys tem Proper brake inspection intervals should be fol lowed For additional information see the main tenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance inter vals BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off depress and release the foot brake pedal more than 20 times When the foot brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next con tinue on to the next step 2 While depressing the foot brake pedal start the engine 3 With the foot brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keep the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds 4 Run the engine for 1 minute without d pressing the foot brake pedal then turn it off Depress the foot brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will de crease gradually with each depression as the hydraulic pressure decreases If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer FUSES 5012532 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 ENGINE COMPARTMENT caution Never use a fuse ofa higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause afire IF any electrical equipment does not operate check
500. rder shown Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue at tached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop sss077 Stowing 3rd row center seat belt When folding down the 3rd row seat the 3rd Center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position 1 Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key to the connector buckle 2 Store the seat belt tongue into the tongue holder B first 3 Store the connector tongue into the re tractor base A WARNING Do not unfasten the 3rd center seat belt con nector except when folding down the 3rd seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 sssw7a Attaching 3rd row center seat belt Always be sure the 3rd center seat belt connec tor tongue and connector buckle are attached Disconnect only when folding down the 3rd row seat To connect the buckle 7 Pull out the connector tongue from the retractor base 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the tongue holder 3 Pull the seat belt and fasten the connector buckle un
501. re The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car ires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A rep Tesent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum re quired by law A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat build up and pos sible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emis sion warranties For US Emission Defects Warranty Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet that comes with your INFINITI IF you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to INFINT Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department Box 685003 TN 37068 5003 Technical and consumer information 9 29 For Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information or it has become lost you may obtain
502. re 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement Scheduled maintenance General maintenance Where to go for service General maintenance Explanation of maintenance items Maintenance precautions Engine compartment check locations Vk56vd engine model cooling system Checking engine coolant level Changing engine coolant oil Checking engine oil level Changing engine oil and filter Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid Brake fluid Brake fluid gt Window washer fluid Battery Jump starting Variable voltage control system Drive belts Spark plugs Replacing spark plugs Air cleaner Windshield wiper blades Cleaning Replacing Rear window wiper blades Brakes s Self adjusting brakes Brake pad wear warnin Brake booster Fuses En compartment Passenger compartment Inteligent Kay etary replacement lights Headlights Exterior and interior lights Wheels and tires Types of tires Tire chains Changing wheels and tires MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new INFINM has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential t FINIT s fine mech emission and engine performance
503. re up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seat back and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS ELECTRIC OPERATION Tilt or telescopic operation Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function operation The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the drivers door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily For more information see AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER later in this section sicui Acaunou Do not store the main sun visor before stor ing the extension sun visor Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 3 Draw out the extension sun visor 3 from the main sun visor to block from further glare MIRRORS spaza D N ot s spazaso a INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it auto matically changes reflection
504. re used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters al low the seat belt to release webbing if neces sary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light SP will not come on will flash intermittently cof will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position In this case the pretensioner system may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI retailer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SsSime e ry SPAto97 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact airbag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels O are located on the surface of the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light dis pla in the instru
505. reduce serious injuries However am inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a colli sion The front airbags operate only when the ignition switch isin the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON posi tion the supplemental air bag warning light illu minates The supplemental air bag warning light willturn off after about 7 seconds ifthe system is operational Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light A WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to au tomatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it oper ates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective pro tection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severi
506. reen Answer Accept an incoming call to talk Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the follow ing procedures listed below 3 Select the Hang up key b Push the button on the steering wheel Sow DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary Hangup Finish the call Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute Mute your voice to the person Keypad Using the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 aay O w Saa3280 PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Vehicle Phonebook To edit the vehicle phonebook use the same procedure as described in
507. rface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is tumed on the system will not heat the steering whe This is not a malfunction 2 44 Instruments and controls HORN icona To sound the hom push the center pad area of the steering wheel AA WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped A WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury Acaunou The battery could run down ifthe seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended pe rlods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insu lates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should ve removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or
508. rking on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is sup ported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with Safety stands Keep smoking materials lame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always discon nect the negative battery cable before work ing near the fan On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI retailer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off Acaunou Donotwork under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait unti it cools down Avoid direct contact with used engine oll and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can dam age the environment Always conform to lo cal regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid yourself sec ig only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also avail able See OWNERS MANUAL S
509. rly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer WELCOME LIGHT ML sicassa To activate or deactivate the welcome light function perform the following procedure Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Open the driver s side door 3 Within 20 seconds after the ignition Switch is pushed to the ON position push the door open request switch on the driver s side door handle for more than 5 seconds with the driver s door open 4 A chime sounds when the setting is com pleted Once the welcome light function is active the xuddle light A and the passenger cabin illu mination wil illuminate when you approach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key within approxi mately 3 3 ft 1 m of the antenna built inside the door handles and the following conditions are met All doors are closed and locked The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF position The Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle The puddle light operates within a set dura tion Instruments and controls 2 65 BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM The welcome light function will be deactivated automatically to prevent battery discharge un der the following conditions To activate the welcome light function again unlock any door If the welcome light function does not oper ate within a se
510. rmation from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or un belted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information pro vided by the occupant classification sensors If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passen ger air bag status light will be illuminated f the Seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper perfor mance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact INFINITI or an INFINITI retailer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact INFINITI Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest ofthe front occupants They can help save lives and
511. rs may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see an INFINITI retailer sssmos ssospi Center of 2nd row seat if so equipped Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3rd row center seat belt The 3rd row center seat belt has a connector tongue 1 and a seat belt tongue Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion AA WARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the o
512. rting the engine 543 Jump starting len Precautions when staring a and ing c Push starting E Starting the engine liem STATUS button A Status light Front passenger 157 Steering Heated steering wheel 24 Power steering fuid liem Power steering system 594 10 6 Steering lock release malfunction indicator 223 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio eR I Telescopic steering 21326 Storage ETI Sun visors 2 11326 Sunglasses holder 1256 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 63 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 63 2 16 Supplemental restraint system 150 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 150 Switch Autolight switch 0 2 62 6237 Fog light switch 242 Hazard warning flasher switch 243 Headlight alming control 239 Headlight switch 1237 Ignition switch 515 Intelligent Brake Assist DL oF switch 250 Power door lock switch 35 Snow mode switch Er Tum signal switch 242 Vehicle dynamic conti NDO oft sth is T 2nd row seat 258 3rd row seat 1256 Tachometer 27 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 27 Theft NFAT Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start BS Three way catalyst Tit telescopic steering Tre Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 248 Tire replacement indicator 225 Tires Platte 62 Low tire pressure warning system 5
513. s tem sensor When strong light for example at sun rise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sen sor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes When the Preview Function operates the brake pedal may move slightly and may make a small noise This is not a system malfunction CRUISE sooani Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving Ifthe indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunctioning the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still drive able under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating prop erly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as no
514. s dripped on the windshield RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM The rain sensing auto wiper system can auto matically tum on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield To set the rain sensing auto wiper system push the lever down to the AUTO position 1 The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON position Instruments and controls 2 33 The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward the front QD High or toward the rear Low High High sensitive operation Low Low sensitive operation To turn the rain sensing auto wiper system off push up the lever to the OFF position or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position Acaunou Donottouch the ain sensor and around it when the wiper witch is in the AUTO position andthe ignition switch is inthe ON position The wipers may operate unexpectedly and cause to an in jury or a wiper damage Therain sensing auto wipers are intended for use during rain If the switch is left in the AUTO position the wipers may operate unex pectedly when dirt fingerprints oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor The rain sensing auto wipers may not oper ate if rain does not hit the rain sens
515. s speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 4 MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system CRUISE CRUISE sso101 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indicators The display is on the dot matrix liquid crystal display in the vehicle information display lo cated between the speedometer and tachom eter 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is con trolled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the intelligent Cr Control ICC system 3 Cruise system warning light Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system Starting and driving 5 59 Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch 8 for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN switch on the Intelli gent Cruise Control ICC system display and the main switch indicator are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 sec fonds the ICC system display turns off The main switch indicator stays lit You can now set your desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will tum the system completely off
516. s will seek up or down to the next station XM Satellite Radio Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel Tilting up down for more than 15 seconds will go to the next or previous category iPod Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number Tilting up down for more than 15 seconds will skip to the next or previous index co Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number Tilting up down for more than 15 seconds will increase decrease the folder number f playing compressed audio files audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Iting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number When the transparent operation menu ap pears the switch will control the menu usa Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number Tilting up down for more than 15 seconds will increase decrease the folder number Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the album folder number if playing compressed audio files Bluetooth streaming audio Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will
517. s especially true for vehicles with limited slip diferentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the ve hicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions Incase of emergency 6 7 M cea 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 Carefully raise the vehicle until the clear ance between the tire and ground is achieved 5 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands and turn the jack lever NOTE Before jacking up the vehicle make sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the vehicle is lifted up with the engine running the auto leveling suspension will become dis abled after 120 seconds To reset the auto leveling suspension cycle the ignition switch ON OFF one time Installing the spare tire 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the se uence as illustrated CD until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel mut wrench tighten the wheel nuts se curely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely Incase of emergency 6 9 A VIARNING
518. s not cany the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors E DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch ith the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intel ligent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and volce INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 sa270o 340 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you cary the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passe
519. s opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 so2sie Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin B Be careful not to damage the nozzle 820 Maintenance and do it yourself REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADES Contact an INFINITI retailer if checking or re placement is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied A WARNING See an INFINITI retailer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear wan ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is mot depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear wam ing sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be hea
520. s recommended that Alternate Com mand Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 zm jj uar jl d l l Activating Alternate Command Mode When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Com mand Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel light the Others key light the Voice Recognition key 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the fol lowing procedure for displaying the voice com mand list available only in Alternate Command Mode 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the Command List key E Ww n Doi Number mu me 5 Select a category from the Ust 7 If necessary scroll the screen us
521. s very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by an INFINITI retailer 3 2 Pre drving checks and adjustments spaan 1 Intelligent Key 2 2 Mechanical key inside Intelligent Key 2 3 Key number plate 1 INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelli gent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and INFINITI Vehicle immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI retailer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI retailer Acaunou Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a preci sion device with a built in transmitter To avoid damaging it please mote the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelli gent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely di Do not bend drop or strike it against an other ob
522. same off set dimension Wheels of a difer ent off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle hand ng characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel offset dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will re main on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Donot install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels ortires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not recommended 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Four wheel Drive 4WD models Acaunou Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or ra dial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to doso may res
523. sed position which cannot be de tected Make sure that all gers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before clos ing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing the moonroof will be Immediately opened The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch Depending on the environment or driving condi tions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs If the moonroof does not operate IF the moonroof does not operate propery perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch 2 Push and hold the CLOSE D side of the moonroof switch to tilt the moonroof up 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the OPEN side of the moonroof switch to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate prope
524. shift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control A VIARNING While driving on a slippery surface be care ful when braking accelerating or downshift ing Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is tumed off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force A WARNING The Brake Assistis only an ald o assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibil ity to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a ve hicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play This system will not operate when the ve hicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less The pre pressure functi
525. shows the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch B for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time Instruments and controls 2 27 4 Distance to empty dte MILES or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consump tion The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to If the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momen tarily change the display 5 Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C 2 28 Instruments and controls The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front ofthe radiator The sensor
526. sistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet U S ot Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Infor mation Booklet Canada for details 6 2 Incase of emergency EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times or Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning i so equipped appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated if the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and wam you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instru ments and controls section TIRE PRESSURE information in the 4 Monitor climate audi phone and voice recognition systems section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section A WARNING If the low
527. sition This warning appears if any of the doors and or the lift gate are open or not closed securely The vehicle io is open on the display 2 24 Instruments and controls 72 Loose fuel cap warning if so equipped This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See FUEL FILLER CAP in the 73 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion 13 Check tire pressure warning if so equipped This warning appears when the low tire pres sure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected If appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light earlier in this section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Start ing and driving section 14 TIMER indicator This indicator appears when the set TIMER indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 15 Low outside temperature warning This warning appears ifthe outside temperature is below 37 F 3 Q The waring can be set not to be displayed See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 16 Four Wheel Drive 4WD shift indicator 4WD models This indicator shows the FourWheel Drive amp WD driving mode AUTO AHI or 4LO that is selected by
528. sition the Anti lock Braking System ABS waming light illuminates and then turns off This indi cates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may Indicate the ABS is not functioning property Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See BRAKE SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section Automatic transmission loreek check warning light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may licate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the transmission TP Automatic Transmission AT park warning light This light indicates that the Automatic Trans mission AT parking function is not engaged If the transfer control is nat secured in any driving position while the AT selector lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the wheels will not lock Ifthe AT park warning light illuminates with the selector lever in the P Park position shift the Four Wheel Drive WD shift switch to the AUTO 4H or 4L position again with the selector lever in the N Neutral position See INFINITI ALL MODE 4WD in the 5 Starting a
529. stem perform the steps below in the order indi cated Starting and driving 537 A VIARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving un der the following conditions when itis not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads rain snow ice etc in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident 538 Starting and driving Sspocpa 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch 2 SET COAST switch 3 CANCEL switch 4 Cruise control MAIN switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator will come on To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed To pass another vehicle depress the accel erator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will retum to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods a Push the CANCEL switch b Tap the br
530. stem may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the low tire pressure warning light is illumi nated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light tums off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction 5 4 Starting and driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tre which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen The order of the tire pressure figures dis played
531. stem may not operate The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s vi When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s ibility When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of your vehicle The DCA system is designed to automatically check the sensor s operation When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the DCA system may not detect them In these instances the Distance Control Assist DCA system may not be able to decel erate the vehicle properly Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The DCA system is designed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead The system will decelerate as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill However the DCA system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power If a vehicle maves into the
532. stored to prevent them from causing injury to pass gers or damage to the vehicle in case of sud den braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be in jured in an accident or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING When folding or returning the seat s to the upright position to avoid injury to yourself and others Make sure that the seat path is clear be fore moving the seat Becareful not to allow hands orfeetto get caught or pinched in the seat When folding the bench seat seatback down for maximum storage make sure the seat base isin the latched position by rocking the seat base If the seat base is not properly secured cargo stored on top of a folded seat back may become a le causing per seoullnjryorvenice diman an P caution When folding the 2nd row seat for maximum cargo hauling be sure that cargo does not con tact the center console of the captain s seat i so equipped to avoid possible damage to the console Stowing 2nd and 3rd row seats To stow 2nd and 3rd row seats f
533. such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recom mended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and thevDCwarninglight amp mayilluminate If engine control related parts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely de teriorated the VDC wamninglight amp may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces suchas higher banked comers the VDC sys tem may not operate properly and the VDC warming light 3 may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light 5 may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface Starting and driving 5 99 TE E S TIT RES To tum off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDO ommended ones are used the VDC system system push the VOC OFF switch The VDC off may not operate property and the VDC wam indicator light 2 will illuminate inglight may illuminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the The VDC system isnot a substitute for winter engine to turn ON the system tires or tire chains on a snow covered road j Sicuss VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDO OFF SWITCH The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system ON for most driving conditions When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to re duce wheel s
534. supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjust ment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed If the head restraint was removed reinstall and prop erly adjust the head restraint before an occu pantuses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision sssmoo 5550992 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints The head re straints are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint Components 1 Head restraint 2 Adjustment notches 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Sssosg7 5350993 Sssosoa Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears 110 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 5550995 Sssosos
535. sure to check and clean the sensor regularly Excessive noise will interfere with the warm ing chime sound and the chime may not be heard A sudden appearance of a vehicle in front it abruptly cuts in may not be detected and the system may not warn the driver soon enough The system will be cancelled automatically with a beep sound and the IBA OFF indicator light will illuminate under the following conditions When the sensor window is dirty When the system malfunctions Ssbooss If the IBA OFF indicator light 8 illuminates with a beep sound pull off the road to a safe location stop the vehicle and turn the engine off Check to see if the sensor window is dirty If the sensor window is dirty clean it with a soft cloth and restart the engine If the sensor window is not dirty restart the engine If the IBA OFF indicator light continues to illuminate even if the IBA system is turned on with the IBA OFF switch B have the system checked by an INFINIT retailer To turn on the IBA system see INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST IBA SYSTEM later in this sec tion Warning systems switch FCW system operation Type A The FCW system is automatically turned on when the engine is started and the warning systems ON indicator light illuminates on the warning systems switch You can turn the FCW system off by pushing the warning systems switch on the instrument panel This switch will
536. switch is pushed to the OFF position the recording also stops Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 ow E Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods Push the audio source switch on the steering wheel repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode See STEERINGAWHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO later in this section Push the DISCAUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode Give voice commands See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM later in this section Stopping playback The system stops playing when nother mode radio CD DVD USB memory iPod or AUX is selected b the audio system is turned off c the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position send ica Next previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the mors or ie butor more than 1 5 seconds whi played the track will play while fast forwarding released the pushed for When the or ieam button is pushed for less than 15 seconds while a track is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track will be played When the rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track starts playing the previous track will be played The INFINITI controller can also
537. symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s iden tification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size it code Tire type code Op it code Date of Manufacture 834 Maintenance and do it yourself 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other side wall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permi sure This number is the greatest amount of pressure that should be put in the ire Do not exceed the maximum per missible inflation pressure ble inflation pres Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless D The word ra The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure amp Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related termi
538. t 227 Rear 229 Climate controlled seats f so equipped 229 Waming systems switch Type A f so equipped 231 Waming systems switch Type B f so equipped 232 SNOW mode switch Dot matrix liquid crystal display Indicators for operation Indicators for maintenance Trip computer Security systems Vehicle security system a INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Windshield wiper and washer switch Tow mode switch Intelligent Brake Assist IBA OFF switch f so equipped Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Clock Adjusting the time Power outlet T Storage 254 Cup holders 254 Sunglasses holder 256 Glove box 257 Console box Ty Coat hooks Luggage hooks Cargo floor box Roof rack Windows Power windows Maonroof Automatic moonroof Welcome light Battery saver system Interior lights Map lights Rear personal lights Interior light control switch Vanity mirror lights Cargo HomeLink Universal Transceiver Programming HomeLink Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers Operating the Homelink Universal Transceiver Programming trouble diagnosis Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single Hom If your vehicle is stolen k button COCKPIT DINE ssio74a 2 Instrument brightness control switch 3 TRIP
539. t and restraints headrests Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instru ments and controls section adjust head STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON po tion Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restart ing depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accelera
540. t duration Note that the duration is set to 9 days as the factory default setting if the welcome light function is activated 15 consecutive times when you approach and leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key without the doors being unlocked 2 66 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHTS C sicsoso MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three posi tions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position D the map lights and rear personal lights will illumi mate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position the map lights and rear personal lights will illumi mate under the following conditions ignition switch is switched to the LOCK or OFF position remain on for about 15 seconds doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK or OFF position remain on for about 15 seconds any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK or OFF position remain on for about 15 seconds f remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also tur off after 30 minutes
541. t for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge The ignition switch is in the ACC position and All doors are closed and The selector lever is in the P Park position WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelli gent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a waming displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE later in this Section and DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DIS PLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section 342 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible cause Action to take The SHIFT P warning appears on the When pushing the ignition switch to display and the inside warning chime The selector lever is not in the P Shift the selector lever to the P stop the engine sounds continuously or for a few Park position Park position seconds When shifting the selector lever to The inside warning chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ACC or Push the ignition switch to the OFF the P Park position continuously ON position position When opening the drivers door to The insi
542. t function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an ex tended period in an area where tempera tures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equip ment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to oper ate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact an INFINITI retailer 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments sspa207a INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 1 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 3150 in 80 cm from each request switch O If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who doe
543. t in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving condi tions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being aught in the window occurs If the windows do not close automatically Ifthe power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the power win dow system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the door 3 Open the window completely by operating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the indow is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Oper ate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINIT retailer MOONROOF A WARNING inan accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints
544. t to damage the Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunc tion ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AA WARNING The Anti lock Brakin ABS is a so cated device bur cant prevent ac resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain ve Bicle control during braking on slippery sur faces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on nor mal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect brak ing effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing spare tire make surethat it isthe proper size and type as specifiedon the Tire and Loading Information label See TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL inthe 9 Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Mainten
545. tal restraint system Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the re straint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in an other seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the Seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 Bo OFF sssioos Forward facing step 10 70 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ig switch in the ON position The passenger air bag status light 3 should illuminate If this light is mot illuminated see front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seat ing position Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled 2nd row bench seat 5551072 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 INSTALLING TO
546. tance away from vehicle traveling ahead 5 66 Starting and driving ssp02s3 CRUISE s ss00994 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the sensor may detect ve hicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the system to work inappropriately The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or trav eling position in the lane etc or vehicle con dition If this occurs the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manu ally control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead Distance Control Assist system display and indicators The display is located between the speedom eter and tachometer 1 Distance Control Assist DCA system switch indicator Indicates that the dynamic driver assistance switch is ON 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you Starting and driving 5 67 3 Distance Control Assist system warning light orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the DCA system 5 68 Starting and driving sss0104s Operating Distance Control Assist OCA system The DCA system tums on when the dynamic driver assistance switch on t
547. tart ing and driving section AA WARNING Ifthe light does not illuminate with the igni tion switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible If the light illuminates or LOW PRESSURE Information is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location a stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading In formation label to tur the low tire pressure waming light OFF If the light still illumi nates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat Ifyou have a flat tire replace it with a spare tre as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the ow tire pressure warning light will flash for proximately 1 minute The light wil re main on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI Tetaileras soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting Replacing tires with those nat originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper op
548. tch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Usinga cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system state of the art electronic radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any mal function in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings ter rain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or inate the noise aise 2
549. ter seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing i Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is posi tioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing structions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in SEAT BELTS earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 2 OFF sssioss 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position Jhe front passenger air bag status light 38 may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can
550. th no heavy load or on a flat road select position 0 A WARNING Xenon headlights are bright com pared to conventional headlights If the xenon headlights hit the rearview mirror ofthe vehicle ahead or the windshield of oncoming vehicle the driver of these vehicles may have difficulty driving because of the brightness Use the headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis See XENON HEADLIGHTS earlier in this section for additional information Daytime running light system Canada only nate when the engine is started with the pa ing brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF the spc position Tum the headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night Ifthe parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illumi mate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 39 A VIARNING When the daytime running light system is ac tive tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to tum on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped The Adaptive Front lighting System AFS will automatically adjust the headlights
551. th your retailer that your passenger seat advanced air bag is working properly position the occupants in the rear seating positions This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI Ad vanced Air Bag System forthe driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations it is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to though they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the Air bag Control Unit ACUJ seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensors weight sensors Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensors are also monitored Based on info
552. than the position B in the display However the posi tion is actualy at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when moving toward the position B if the abject projects over the actual moving course CAMERA AIDING CORNER SONAR FUNCTION When the corner of the vehicle moves claser to the object while the Around View Monitor is displayed an indicator is displayed and a tone is sounded by the corner sonar function to warn the driver The color of the comer sonar indicator and the pattern of the tone vary according to the dis tance to the object When the object is detected the indicator green appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently When the vehicle moves closer to the object the color of thi yellow and the rate of the volum the vehicle is very close to the object the indicator stops blinking and turns red and the tone sounds continuously Keep the corner sonars located on the front and rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt Do not clean the sonars with sharp objects If the sonars are covered the accuracy of the corner sonar func tion will be diminished 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A WARNING The comer sonar function is not designed to prevent the object The colors of the comer sonar indicator and the distance guide lines im the front rearview indicate diferent d
553. the next three digits Then say six six two After n the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recog nition performance When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero I the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 Command List Category Command Command Action Phone Operates the Phone function Navigation Operates the Navigation function Information Displays the vehicle Information function Audio Operates the Audio function Help Displays User Guide Phone Command Command Action Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Change Number Corrects the rec
554. the Intelligent Key the puddle light and the passenger cabin illumination will illuminate and stay on for a short period of time See WELCOME LIGHT in the 2 Instruments and controls se n 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door will unlock The fuelfiller door will also unlock when the driver s door handle request switch is pushed 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock The fuel filler door will also unlock when the front passenger s door handle or lift gate request switch is pushed The lift gate can be unlocked and opened by GATE later in this section All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked If dur minute time period the request switch is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch Power lift gate open 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the power lift gate opener switch 3 The lift gate will unlock and automatically open 4 The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are me
555. the cargo light will illuminate when the lift gate is opened OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position O the cargo light will not illuminate HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one builtin device Hom E Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency RF de Such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the ve des battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is pi grammed retain the original transmitter for fu ture programming procedures Example newve hicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information see PROGRAMMING HomeLink later in this section A VIARNING Do not use HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks Safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These stan dards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detectan object in the path of a closing garage door and then
556. the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures AILU S states and Canadian provinces or territo ies require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Cana dian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 RET sss sssinul LATCH system lower anchor locations captain s seats LATCH system lower anchor locations bench seat LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system com patible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compat ible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following positions only
557. the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who out grow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child Who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint A VIARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them prop erly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an im properly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints AILU S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child re straints for infants and small children See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section for more information INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and chil dren be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when property restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your ve hicle has a supplemental restraint system Air
558. the front grille the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate Do not put anything on the cameras When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the cameras Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water conden sation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Donot strikethe cameras They are precision instruments Doing so could cause a mal function or cause damage resulting in a fire oran electric shock Acaunou Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera NOTE Thecolor of the view on the Around View Monitor display is different from the actual view because the system uses infrared cameras 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems suam mi Shift the selector lever aa i Select the Wide Side or Top key on the screen gt Push the CAMERA button HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY The Around View Monitor display consists of the left and the right screens You can see a combination of different views on the screens as illustrated above Starting with the selector lever operation When the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position CD while another screen is displayed Around View Monitor oper ates and the r
559. the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND 7 L torn move 4 HAZARD once T HORN once I t mer mem LI al ih B tor more man 2 sec Push B or more manz HAZARD INDICATOR MODE 348 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD E 2 Pull the hood lock release handle f located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever 3 up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood slowly close the hood down and make sure it locks into place A WARNING Makesure the hoodis completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFT GATE A VIARNING Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Un
560. the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is impor tant that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recom mended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replac ing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could re duce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filed with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Opera tion under the following conditions may require more frequent oil a
561. the proper refill capacity Capaci Approximate Weconmended specications Cne Tnp mee Ur Tu eO asea S8 Sec REL RECOMNENONTON ter m is seco Engi oT Drain and et With ol fter change erlea salaa 65 Engine ol wth AP Certification Marke 3 Wat a Wer change FAT Wap 63 Viscosity SAE sao Coding system Wed reservoir Waaa afat 149 504 Genuine NISSAN Long Le Antireeze Coolant olus or equivalent 50 Demineralzed or dstled water Ra WaT FE ant aera aro Genuine NISSAN Deena OT Hypld Super GLS SUN Gr AF GLS Veo y SAE EM ear Greta gear o Genuine NISSAN freni il yai TSW or AP CLS synhe ara Viscoy Er Poe TE TAT TET TS We Para Tae SCTE To he Gee NISSAN PSF or equae Waker pet saon S a tenance and So anane NISSAN Super Heavy Duly Brake Rui or equivalent DOTS Miti purpose grease in 2 Cam soap Base Hr conditioning condoning system can Window washer uid i Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Arteere or equivale Teforsdtonal forts sx DIGNE OU othe Maintenance and dei gore section Tr dang ente i S tra recommends Genie SIN Estar an O abe t FAT etal Using automate ramos ld othe tan Genie NISSAN Mate SAT wl case deterioration in driveability and eom numina and may amare he suona transmission which et vr by he MMT sew velia td waren s water id
562. the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are retuming to the previous positions entry exit function When the drivers door remains open for more than 45 seconds and the ignition Switch is not in the ON position MEMO Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Safety note Center multifunction control panel How to use INFINITI controller How to use touch screen Menu options How to select menus on the screen Vehicle information and settings How to use STATUS button How to use brightness control and ON OFF button How to use INFO button How to use SETTING button Around view monitor How to switch the display How to see each view Difference between predic and actual distances a Camera aiding comer sonar function How to adjust the screen view Around view monitor settings Operating tips Ventilators i Automatic climate control Automatic climate control 426 429 429 4 29 430 a 438 Operating tips 3 In cabin microfiler Servicing climate control Audio system Audio operation precautions Bluetooth streaming audio iPod player operatic Music box Front a Cd dvd usb memory care and cleaning Steering wheel mounted controls for audio Antenna Dual head restraint DVD system f so equipped System components Before opera
563. the tire side wall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capa bilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location C
564. this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the AUTO button on 2 Push the A C button The A C indicator will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the GY front defroster button The indicator light on the button will illuminate 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the fan speed increase but ton df and set it to the maximum position As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode When the G front defroster button pushed the air conditioner will automat tally be tumed on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automati cally be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance Manual operation Fan speed control Push the fan speed incre
565. tically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing trafic Do not use the sys tem on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect the follow ing objects Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane Starting and driving 5 41 dA WARNING As there is a performance limit to the dis tance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control ICO syster This system does not correct careless inat tentive of absent minded driving or over come poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decelerate the vehicle speed by de pressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the sur rounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime To prevent the vehicle from moving the driver must depress the brake pedal The system may not function property under the following conditions To avoid accidents never use the ICC system underthe following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slipp
566. til it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and buckle are identified by the Y and A mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the 3rd center seat belt connector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in this section 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING When attaching the 3rd center seat belt con hector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the 3rd center seat belt connector is completely secured Ifthe 3rd center seat belt connector and the eatbacks are not secured in the correct po sition serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop ss1097 Sssosos Storing 3rd row seat belt buckles Before folding down the seat put the buckles in the storage of the seat cushion to avoid drop ping it under the seat cushion Shoulder belt height adjustment for front seats and 2nd row seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE earlier in this section To adjust push the button E and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired posi tion so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock th
567. tila tors Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by ing the center knob up down left right until the desired position is achieved a E Ed sanaos esl Side ventilators Open close the ventilators by moving the con trol to either direction B This symbol indicates that the ventila tors are closed Moving the side control to this direction will close the ventila tors M This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open Moving the side control to this direction will open the ventilators Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob up down left right until the desired position is achieved Rear ventilators Open close the ventilators by moving the con trol to either direction Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob up down left right until the desired position is achieved AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL A WARNING The air conditioner cooling function oper ates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal in juries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode fo
568. ting dual head restraint DVD system Playing Digital Versatile Operating tips Care and maintenance Car phone or CB radio Disc DVD Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Regulatory information Voice commands Control buttons Connecting procedure Phone selection Vehicle phonebook Making a call ing a cal During a call Phone setting Troubleshooting guide INFINITI Voice Recognition system i INFINITI Voice Recognition standard mode Using the system INFINIT Voice Recognition alternate command mode Using the system Troubleshooting guide SAFETY NOTE A VIARNING Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest INFINITI retailer Ignoring such con ditions may lead to accidents fire or electric shock Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen using devices connected to the auxiliary input jacks Positioning the heating o
569. to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information position the hand held transmitter battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter rupt position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the Homelink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficul ties please contact the INFINITI Consumer Af fairs Department The phone numbers are lo cated in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a Homelink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been
570. to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain and rollover air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag operation When side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear 2nd and 3rd outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious Injuries However an inflating side alr bags and curtain and rollover air bags may cause abra sions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rai
571. top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If yourengine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse range Never back down in N Neutral using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Properly se cure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity exces sively do nat exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly dis tribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as pos sible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steer ing wheel when driving off road The steer ing wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor ma
572. tor lever to the P Park position 2 Firmly apply the foot brake 3 Touch the ignition switch with the Intel gent Key as illustrated A chime will sound 4 Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds The engine will start After step 3 is performed when the ignition Switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change to ACC NOTE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACCor ON position or the engine is started by the above procedures the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle This is not a malfunction To tum off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again f the Intelligent Key battery discharge indi cator appears replace the battery as soon as possible See BATTERY in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil coot ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position sea
573. tor pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button igni tion switch to start the engine If the engine starts but falls to run repeat the above procedure Acaunou Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time Ifthe engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the en gine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and topping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start When racing the engine up to 4 000 rpm or more under the no load condition the en gine will enter the fuel cut mode Starting and driving 5 13 5 To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE ENGINE PROTECTION MODE The engine has an engine protection mode to reduce the chance of damage if the coolant temperature becomes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high tempera ture with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer W
574. total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These rat ings are given on the vehicle certifica label IF weight ratings are ex ceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER A VIARNING Overloading orimproper loading ofa trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance and may lead to accidents Acaunou Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Forthe first 500 miles 800 km that you tow atraer do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your ve hicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to cary passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steer ing braking and other systems An INFINITI Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nfinitiUSA com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the TOWING LOAD SPECIF CATION later in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight Wh
575. traint using the vehicle seat belt in the Tear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forwar facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for in fants must be used in the rear facing direc tion and therefore must not be used inthe front seat 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is re moved See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section or HEADREST earlier in thi section for head restraint or headrest ad justment removal and installation informa tion If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage
576. traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the DCA system cannot deceler ate the vehicle quickly enough If this occurs the DCA system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action See Approach warning later in this section This system only brakes and moves the accel erator pedal upward to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle ahead Acceleration should be operated by the driver The DCA system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead Starting and driving 5 65 E The detection zone of the sensor Is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the system to operate A vehicle ahead may move outside of the de tection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper dis
577. ts in place as the floor may became hot Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your INFINITI is more affected by strong sic winds Slower speeds ensure better vehic control Do not drive beyond the performance capa bility of the tires even with AWD engaged For WD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse po sition with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected Vehicle movement which could result in se us vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a AWD equipped ve hicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facil ity personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamom ter Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in seri ous vehicle damage or personal injury 4WD models When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneu vers or sudden braking may cause loss of control Ifatall possible avoid sharp turning maneu vers particularly at high speeds Your ve ice
578. tting close to the vehicle ahead in the travel lane the vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks and a warning chime sounds PRECAUTIONS ON FCW SYSTEM A WARNING The FCW system is intended to warn you be fore a collision but will not avoid a collision It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and bein control ofthe vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit the system Tay not provide a waming in certain conditions The system will not detect the following objects Pedestrians animals or obstacles in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane The system will not detect another vehicle under the following conditions 5 76 Starting and driving When the sensor gets dirty and it is i possible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead When driving into a strong light Le sunlight The sensor generally detects the signals re tumed from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore the system may not func tion properly under the following conditions When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are positioned high or close to each other including a small vehicle such as motorcycles When the sensor gets dirty or it is impos sible to detect the distance from the ve hicle ahead When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead are missing damaged or covered When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are covered with dit snow or road spray When visibi
579. turn off This indicates that the Lane Departure Warning LOW and Lane Depar ture Prevention LDP systems are operational While the LOW and or LDP system is on the light will Blink in orange and a waming chime sound if the vehicle is traveling close to er the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers If the light comes on in orange and remains on it may indicate that the LDW and LDP systems are not functioning properly Although the ve hide is still driveable have the systems checked by an INFINITI retailer See LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PRE VENTION LDP SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section 1 tow tire pressure waming id light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this ight illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning if so equipped also appears in the dot matrix liquid crystal display If you select the tire pressure informa tion in the display the LOW PRESSURE informa tion will be displayed The tire pressure for each tire will also be
580. turn on and off the LOW BSW and FCW systems at the same time Starting and driving 5 77 NOTE If you continue to push the warning systems switch from offto on for over 4 seconds a chime will sound This will change the default status of the LDW BSW and FCW systems to OFF so that these systems will not automatically turn on when the engine is started If this procedure is repeated the default status will retum to ON For the sensor maintenance see tenance earlier in this section Sensor main 5 78 Starting and driving 500956 FCW system operation Type B The warning systems switch is used to turn on and off the FCW system when it is activated using the settings menu on the center display See How to enable disable the FCW system using the settings menu later in this section When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The indicator will also be off if the FCW the Lane Departure Warning LDW and the Blind Spot Warning BSW systems are deactivated For the LDW and BSW systems see LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM earlier in this section and BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYSTEM earlier in this section For the sensor maintenance see INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM earlier in this section Ssposso With navigation system soma
581. ty of injury in an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 Status light The front passenger air bag status light 3 is located on the instrument panel The light operates as follows Unoccupied passenger seat The Sg light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The amp light illuminates to indi cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this sec tion The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensors weight sensors are on the seat cushion frame under the front passenger seat and are
582. ultin a circumference difference between tires on the front and ir axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as nec essary Contact an INFINITI retailer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet Care of wheels See CLEANING EXTERIOR i ance and care section for detai the wheels Spare tire When a spare tire is mounted TEMPORARY USE ONLY or conventional the TPMS will not func tion the 7 Appear about care of 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 92 Fuel recommendation 194 Engine 56 Air conditioning system refri lubricant recomme
583. um of 3 audio sources such as an iPod DVD and auxiliary device can be enjoyed at the same time dA WARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the Dual Head Restraint DVD System while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Parkthe vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen using the DVD player Acaunou Do not attempt to use the system in ex tremely high or low temperature condition below 4 F 20 O or above 158 F 70 C To avoid draining the vehicle battery do not operate the system for more than 15 minutes without starting the engine The front display is designed not to show the images while driving as the driver s attention must be given to vehicle operation for safety Sounds are available To show the images in th front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake SYSTEM COMPONENTS Rear displays Acaunou The glass screen onthe liquid crystal display may breakithitwith a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material In case of contact with Skin wash immediately with soap and water Use soft damp cloth when cleaning the Dual Head Restraint DVD System components Do not use solvents or cleaning solutions Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognitio
584. ume To control the volume level push the VOL button A or V Display Display settings can be set individually for the right and left screens Push the preferred side L or R of the DISP button to adjust the rear display settings Sound To change the language push the SOUND but ton Each time the button is pushed the lan guage will change to each language stored in the DVD Track Channel Push to skip to the previous or next DVD scene selection Keypa PLAY PAUSE button stor button E FORWARD button REWIND button GP FORWARD button for commercial skip for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR or still images for DVD AUDIO 9 REWIND button for commercial skip for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR or still images for DVD AUDIO Monit Rear display settings To adjust rear display setting select the pre ferred key and push the ENTER button The following settings are available Aspect Select the display size from CINEMA WIDE FULL or NORMAL using the joystick on the remote controller Picture Mod To adjust the display brightness automatically select the Brightness key and then select from DARKER NORMAL or BRIGHTER When adjusting manually select OFF and adjust using the joystick on the remote control ler and tit the joystick to the right or left To adjust tint color contrast or black level Select a key using the joystick on the remote controller
585. use the PLAY key PLAY Select the D gt key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD Select the mi key to stop playing the DVD Lda Select the P or 144 key to skip the cchapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of times this key is selected gt a Tris unction je aniy for DVD VIDEO DVDAR Select the P or 4 key to skip fomard tr berry tne set amount a defined in the DVD Settings men This function is only for DVD AUDIO Select the or key to advance or rewind the still image The still image will advance or rewind the number of times this key is selected 144 Next Previous Chapter 4l Commercial Skip wA Next Previous Image Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instructions on the disc Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 E Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Keys forthe DVD menu operation are displayed Bp Move the cursor to select a DVD Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen lt p Hide Hide the o
586. ushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and re lease the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at wwrw homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmit ter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming Homelin while you push and re push cyde your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cy cling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER Homelink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used
587. uttons until step 4 has been completed 270 Instruments and controls 4 Hold down both buttons until the indica tor light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful pro gramming To activate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed Homelink button re leasing when the device begins to acti vate 5 Ifthe icator light on HomeLink blinks ly for two seconds and then tums i HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to rain HomeLink completing the pro gramming may require a ladder and an other person for convenience 6 Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s mo tor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the an tenna wire that hangs down from the motor if the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door opener s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this ste 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of p
588. vailable the lift gate can be operated manually Power operation may not be available if multiple obstacles have been detected in a single power cycle or if the battery voltage is low When the power lift gate main switch is in the OFF position the lift gate can be opened manually by pushing the lift gate opener switch If the power lift gate opener itch is pushed during power open or close the power operation will be canceled and th gate can be operated manually 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments sorn Safe Mode Ifthe gas stays of the lift gate lose pressure the power lift gate safe mode is activated When the safe mode is activated the lift gate inter mittently closes Then the lift gate will be pulled to the closed and latched position by a motor The power lift gate cannot be opened using the switches at any time in the safe mode Do not operate the lift gate again until it is checked by an INFINITI retailer Aurion Ifthe power lift gate does not stay open or if the lift gate unexpectedly closes at any time not operate the lift gate There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the lift gate gas stays Have the lift gate inspected by an INFINITI retailer Do not activate the power lift gate if one or both of the lift gate gas stays are removed Damage to the lit gate or power lift gate mechanisms may occur AUTO CLOSURE If the lift gate is
589. vehicle to slide side ways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also struct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is signifi cantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher roll over rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than pas senger cars to make them capable of perform ing in a variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems How ever they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are de signed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions if at all possible avoid sharp tums or abrupt maneuvers particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type f
590. vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI retailer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section I you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI retailer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work see MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication fre quently Lights t Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail ights turn signal lights and other l
591. ween callers is unclear ad justing the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the sup plied antenna Unauthorized antenna mo fication or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and is device must accept any interference luding interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 2 This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Bluetooth Glavin Co ttd VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system For more details see INFINITI VOICE RECOGNI TION SYSTEM later in this section page 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97
592. wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight 3 When appropriate slowly release the ac celerator pedal to gradually slow the ve hicle Starting and driving 5 7 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe loca tion off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and ther contact a roadside emergency ser vice to change the tire or see CHANGING A FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emer gency section of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces co ordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol in ally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury 5 8 Starting and driving INFINITI is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influ ence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related acci dents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alto hol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over t
593. will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water sonst BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line CD or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line D To add brake fluid 1 Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Depress and release the foot brake pedal more than 40 times 3 Open the reservoir filler cap and add brake fluid up to the MAX line See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for the recommended types of brake fluid NOTE When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position after adding brake fluid up to the MAX line in the reservoir the brake fluid di creases below the MAX line 2 This is normal If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI retailer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 WINDOW WASHER FLUID sons AA WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Fill the window washer fluid reservoir perlodi cally Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning illuminates To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank
594. y be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Menu Items Counter Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu j Footer Information Line Provides more information f available about the menu selection currently high lighted VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio air co tioner system fuel consumption and navigation system push the STATUS button The following information will appear when the STATUS but ton is pushed repeatedly Audio and Air conditioner system Audio and fuel economy Audio and Navigation system HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the 3 OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the mighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINIT controller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the Push and hold the 3 OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and naviga tion information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the ve hicie See the following for details Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 sua Vehicle information displ
595. your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or ter Titories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 118 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this ve hicle should use a seat belt at all times Chil dren should be properly restrained in the Tear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The seat belt should be property adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn property Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt t
596. ystems that are activated using the settings menu on the center display When the warning systems switch is turned off the indicator on the switch is off The Indicator will also be off if all of the warning systems are deactivated using the settings The FCW system will sound a warning chime and the vehicle ahead detectior blinks to alert the driver if the vehicle ing close to the vehicle ahead See FORWARD COLLISION WARNING FCW SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section The LDW system will sound a warning chime and blink the lane departure warning light orange to alert the driver if the vehicle is traveling close to either the left or the right of a traveling lane with detectable lane markers See LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LDW PREVENTION LDP SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section The BSW system will turn on the BSW indicator lights located next to the outside mirrors if the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone If the tum signal is activated in the direction of the detected vehicle a chime sounds twice and the BSW indicator light will flash See BLIND SPOT WARNING BSW SYS TEM in the 5 Starting and driving section SNOW MODE SWITCH TOW MODE SWITCH O sicausa V sicaara For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas push on the SNOW mode switch The SNOW mode indicator light wil

2011 Infiniti QX56 Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents